1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
31 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
35 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
36 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
37 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
42 using namespace clang
;
45 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl
*Ptr
) {
46 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr
));
49 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
50 /// return the declaration of that type.
52 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
53 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
54 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
55 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
56 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
58 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
59 /// and then return NULL.
60 ParsedType
Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo
&II
, SourceLocation NameLoc
,
61 Scope
*S
, CXXScopeSpec
*SS
,
63 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr
) {
64 // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
65 DeclContext
*LookupCtx
= 0;
67 QualType ObjectType
= ObjectTypePtr
.get();
68 if (ObjectType
->isRecordType())
69 LookupCtx
= computeDeclContext(ObjectType
);
70 } else if (SS
&& SS
->isNotEmpty()) {
71 LookupCtx
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false);
74 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS
)) {
76 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
77 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
78 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
79 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
80 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
82 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
83 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
87 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
88 // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
90 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None
, SS
->getScopeRep(), II
,
91 SourceLocation(), SS
->getRange(), NameLoc
);
92 return ParsedType::make(T
);
98 if (!LookupCtx
->isDependentContext() &&
99 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS
, LookupCtx
))
103 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
104 // lookup for class-names.
105 LookupNameKind Kind
= isClassName
? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName
:
107 LookupResult
Result(*this, &II
, NameLoc
, Kind
);
109 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
110 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
111 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
112 // nested-name-specifier.
113 LookupQualifiedName(Result
, LookupCtx
);
115 if (ObjectTypePtr
&& Result
.empty()) {
116 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
117 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
118 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
119 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
120 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
121 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
122 LookupName(Result
, S
);
125 // Perform unqualified name lookup.
126 LookupName(Result
, S
);
129 NamedDecl
*IIDecl
= 0;
130 switch (Result
.getResultKind()) {
131 case LookupResult::NotFound
:
132 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation
:
133 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
:
134 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue
:
135 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
138 case LookupResult::Ambiguous
:
139 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
140 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
141 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
142 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
143 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
144 if (Result
.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding
) {
145 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
149 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
150 for (LookupResult::iterator Res
= Result
.begin(), ResEnd
= Result
.end();
151 Res
!= ResEnd
; ++Res
) {
152 if (isa
<TypeDecl
>(*Res
) || isa
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(*Res
)) {
154 (*Res
)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
155 IIDecl
->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
161 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
162 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
163 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
164 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
165 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
167 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
171 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
172 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
173 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
174 // perform the name lookup again.
177 case LookupResult::Found
:
178 IIDecl
= Result
.getFoundDecl();
182 assert(IIDecl
&& "Didn't find decl");
185 if (TypeDecl
*TD
= dyn_cast
<TypeDecl
>(IIDecl
)) {
186 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl
, NameLoc
);
189 T
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(TD
);
192 T
= getElaboratedType(ETK_None
, *SS
, T
);
194 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl
*IDecl
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(IIDecl
)) {
195 T
= Context
.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl
);
197 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
198 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
202 return ParsedType::make(T
);
205 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
206 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
207 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
208 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C
209 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
210 DeclSpec::TST
Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo
&II
, Scope
*S
) {
211 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
212 LookupResult
R(*this, &II
, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName
);
213 LookupName(R
, S
, false);
214 R
.suppressDiagnostics();
215 if (R
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
)
216 if (const TagDecl
*TD
= R
.getAsSingle
<TagDecl
>()) {
217 switch (TD
->getTagKind()) {
218 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified
;
219 case TTK_Struct
: return DeclSpec::TST_struct
;
220 case TTK_Union
: return DeclSpec::TST_union
;
221 case TTK_Class
: return DeclSpec::TST_class
;
222 case TTK_Enum
: return DeclSpec::TST_enum
;
226 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified
;
229 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo
&II
,
230 SourceLocation IILoc
,
233 ParsedType
&SuggestedType
) {
234 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
235 SuggestedType
= ParsedType();
237 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
238 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
239 LookupResult
Lookup(*this, &II
, IILoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
240 NotForRedeclaration
);
242 if (DeclarationName Corrected
= CorrectTypo(Lookup
, S
, SS
, 0, 0, CTC_Type
)) {
243 if (NamedDecl
*Result
= Lookup
.getAsSingle
<NamedDecl
>()) {
244 if ((isa
<TypeDecl
>(Result
) || isa
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(Result
)) &&
245 !Result
->isInvalidDecl()) {
246 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
247 if (!SS
|| !SS
->isSet())
248 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest
)
249 << &II
<< Lookup
.getLookupName()
250 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc
),
251 Result
->getNameAsString());
252 else if (DeclContext
*DC
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false))
253 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest
)
254 << &II
<< DC
<< Lookup
.getLookupName() << SS
->getRange()
255 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc
),
256 Result
->getNameAsString());
258 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
260 Diag(Result
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
)
261 << Result
->getDeclName();
263 SuggestedType
= getTypeName(*Result
->getIdentifier(), IILoc
, S
, SS
);
266 } else if (Lookup
.empty()) {
267 // We corrected to a keyword.
268 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
269 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest
)
275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
276 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
278 Name
.setIdentifier(&II
, IILoc
);
279 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS
;
280 TemplateTy TemplateResult
;
281 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization
;
282 if (isTemplateName(S
, SS
? *SS
: EmptySS
, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
283 Name
, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult
,
284 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization
) == TNK_Type_template
) {
285 TemplateName TplName
= TemplateResult
.getAsVal
<TemplateName
>();
286 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_template_missing_args
) << TplName
;
287 if (TemplateDecl
*TplDecl
= TplName
.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
288 Diag(TplDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here
)
289 << TplDecl
->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
295 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
296 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
298 if (!SS
|| (!SS
->isSet() && !SS
->isInvalid()))
299 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename
) << &II
;
300 else if (DeclContext
*DC
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false))
301 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found
)
302 << &II
<< DC
<< SS
->getRange();
303 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS
)) {
304 Diag(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing
)
305 << (NestedNameSpecifier
*)SS
->getScopeRep() << II
.getName()
306 << SourceRange(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc
)
307 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
308 SuggestedType
= ActOnTypenameType(S
, SourceLocation(), *SS
, II
, IILoc
).get();
310 assert(SS
&& SS
->isInvalid() &&
311 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
317 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
318 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
319 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
320 DeclContext
*Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext
*DC
) {
322 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
323 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
324 // the context we'll need to return to.
325 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(DC
)) {
326 DC
= DC
->getLexicalParent();
328 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
330 if (!isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
))
333 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
334 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost
335 // class is the context we need to return to.
336 while (CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
->getLexicalParent()))
339 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
344 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context
346 if (isa
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(DC
))
347 return DC
->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent();
349 return DC
->getLexicalParent();
352 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
353 assert(getContainingDC(DC
) == CurContext
&&
354 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
359 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
360 assert(CurContext
&& "DeclContext imbalance!");
362 CurContext
= getContainingDC(CurContext
);
363 assert(CurContext
&& "Popped translation unit!");
366 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
367 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
369 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
370 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
371 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
372 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
373 // if the name was used in a member function of X.
374 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
375 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
376 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
377 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
378 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
380 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
381 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
382 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
383 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
384 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
386 assert(!S
->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
389 Scope
*Ancestor
= S
->getParent();
390 while (!Ancestor
->getEntity()) Ancestor
= Ancestor
->getParent();
391 assert(Ancestor
->getEntity() == CurContext
&& "ancestor context mismatch");
398 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope
*S
) {
399 assert(S
->getEntity() == CurContext
&& "Context imbalance!");
401 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
402 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
403 Scope
*Ancestor
= S
->getParent();
404 while (!Ancestor
->getEntity()) Ancestor
= Ancestor
->getParent();
405 CurContext
= (DeclContext
*) Ancestor
->getEntity();
407 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
411 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
412 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
414 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
415 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
416 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
417 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
418 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
420 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult
&Previous
,
421 ASTContext
&Context
) {
422 if (Context
.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
425 if (Previous
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
)
428 return (Previous
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
429 && Previous
.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>());
432 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
433 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl
*D
, Scope
*S
, bool AddToContext
) {
434 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
435 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
437 while (S
->getEntity() &&
438 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
441 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
442 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
445 CurContext
->addDecl(D
);
447 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
448 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
449 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
|| isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) &&
453 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
454 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(D
) &&
455 cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
458 // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
459 IdentifierResolver::iterator I
= IdResolver
.begin(D
->getDeclName()),
460 IEnd
= IdResolver
.end();
461 for (; I
!= IEnd
; ++I
) {
462 if (S
->isDeclScope(*I
) && D
->declarationReplaces(*I
)) {
464 IdResolver
.RemoveDecl(*I
);
466 // Should only need to replace one decl.
472 IdResolver
.AddDecl(D
);
475 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl
*&D
, DeclContext
*Ctx
, Scope
*S
) {
476 return IdResolver
.isDeclInScope(D
, Ctx
, Context
, S
);
479 Scope
*Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
480 DeclContext
*TargetDC
= DC
->getPrimaryContext();
482 if (DeclContext
*ScopeDC
= (DeclContext
*) S
->getEntity())
483 if (ScopeDC
->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC
)
485 } while ((S
= S
->getParent()));
490 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl
*,
494 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
495 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
496 static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema
&SemaRef
, LookupResult
&R
,
497 DeclContext
*Ctx
, Scope
*S
,
498 bool ConsiderLinkage
) {
499 LookupResult::Filter F
= R
.makeFilter();
500 while (F
.hasNext()) {
501 NamedDecl
*D
= F
.next();
503 if (SemaRef
.isDeclInScope(D
, Ctx
, S
))
506 if (ConsiderLinkage
&&
507 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D
, Ctx
, SemaRef
.Context
))
516 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl
*D
) {
517 return isa
<UsingShadowDecl
>(D
) ||
518 isa
<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl
>(D
) ||
519 isa
<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl
>(D
);
522 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
523 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult
&R
) {
524 LookupResult::Filter F
= R
.makeFilter();
526 if (isUsingDecl(F
.next()))
532 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
535 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
536 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
539 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl
*D
) {
540 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
542 if (D
->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
545 if (const CXXConstructorDecl
*CD
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(D
))
546 return CD
->isCopyConstructor();
547 if (const CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(D
))
548 return Method
->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
552 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl
*D
) const {
555 if (D
->isInvalidDecl() || D
->isUsed() || D
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
558 // Ignore class templates.
559 if (D
->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
562 // We warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
563 if (D
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
)
566 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) {
567 if (FD
->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation
)
570 if (const CXXMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(FD
)) {
571 if (MD
->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD
))
574 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
575 if (FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
576 FD
->isInlineSpecified())
580 if (FD
->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
581 return !Context
.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD
);
585 if (const VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)) {
586 if (VD
->isStaticDataMember() &&
587 VD
->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation
)
590 if ( VD
->isFileVarDecl() &&
591 !VD
->getType().isConstant(Context
))
592 return !Context
.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD
);
598 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl
*D
) {
602 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) {
603 const FunctionDecl
*First
= FD
->getFirstDeclaration();
604 if (FD
!= First
&& ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First
))
605 return; // First should already be in the vector.
608 if (const VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)) {
609 const VarDecl
*First
= VD
->getFirstDeclaration();
610 if (VD
!= First
&& ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First
))
611 return; // First should already be in the vector.
614 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D
))
615 UnusedFileScopedDecls
.push_back(D
);
618 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl
*D
) {
619 if (D
->isInvalidDecl())
622 if (D
->isUsed() || D
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
625 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
626 if (!isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<ParmVarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<ImplicitParamDecl
>(D
) ||
627 !D
->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
630 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
631 if (const ValueDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<ValueDecl
>(D
)) {
633 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
634 QualType Ty
= VD
->getType();
636 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
637 if (const TypedefType
*TT
= dyn_cast
<TypedefType
>(Ty
)) {
638 if (TT
->getDecl()->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
642 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
643 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
644 if (Ty
->isIncompleteType() || Ty
->isDependentType())
647 if (const TagType
*TT
= Ty
->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
648 const TagDecl
*Tag
= TT
->getDecl();
649 if (Tag
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
652 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Tag
)) {
653 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
654 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
655 // has no side effects.
656 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD
->hasTrivialDestructor())
661 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
667 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl
*D
) {
668 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D
))
671 if (isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) && cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)->isExceptionVariable())
672 Diag(D
->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param
)
675 Diag(D
->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable
)
679 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc
, Scope
*S
) {
680 if (S
->decl_empty()) return;
681 assert((S
->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope
| Scope::TemplateParamScope
)) &&
682 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
684 for (Scope::decl_iterator I
= S
->decl_begin(), E
= S
->decl_end();
687 assert(TmpD
&& "This decl didn't get pushed??");
689 assert(isa
<NamedDecl
>(TmpD
) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
690 NamedDecl
*D
= cast
<NamedDecl
>(TmpD
);
692 if (!D
->getDeclName()) continue;
694 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
695 if (S
->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors())
696 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D
);
698 // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
699 IdResolver
.RemoveDecl(D
);
703 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
705 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
706 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
707 /// to the fixed name.
709 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
711 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
712 /// if there is no class with the given name.
714 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
715 /// class could not be found.
716 ObjCInterfaceDecl
*Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo
*&Id
,
717 SourceLocation IdLoc
,
718 bool TypoCorrection
) {
719 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
720 // creation from this context.
721 NamedDecl
*IDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
723 if (!IDecl
&& TypoCorrection
) {
724 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
725 // find an Objective-C class name.
726 LookupResult
R(*this, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
727 if (CorrectTypo(R
, TUScope
, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords
) &&
728 (IDecl
= R
.getAsSingle
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>())) {
729 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest
)
730 << Id
<< IDecl
->getDeclName()
731 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc
, IDecl
->getNameAsString());
732 Diag(IDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
)
733 << IDecl
->getDeclName();
735 Id
= IDecl
->getIdentifier();
739 return dyn_cast_or_null
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(IDecl
);
742 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
743 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
744 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
745 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
746 /// ill-formed in C++:
757 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
758 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
759 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
760 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
761 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
762 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
763 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
764 /// contain non-field names.
765 Scope
*Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope
*S
) {
766 while (((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0) ||
768 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
769 (S
->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
))
774 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
775 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
776 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
778 NamedDecl
*Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo
*II
, unsigned bid
,
779 Scope
*S
, bool ForRedeclaration
,
780 SourceLocation Loc
) {
781 Builtin::ID BID
= (Builtin::ID
)bid
;
783 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error
;
784 QualType R
= Context
.GetBuiltinType(BID
, Error
);
786 case ASTContext::GE_None
:
790 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio
:
791 if (ForRedeclaration
)
792 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio
)
793 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
796 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp
:
797 if (ForRedeclaration
)
798 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp
)
799 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
803 if (!ForRedeclaration
&& Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID
)) {
804 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl
)
805 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
)
807 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.getHeaderName(BID
) &&
808 Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl
)
809 != Diagnostic::Ignored
)
810 Diag(Loc
, diag::note_please_include_header
)
811 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.getHeaderName(BID
)
812 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
815 FunctionDecl
*New
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
,
816 Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
817 Loc
, II
, R
, /*TInfo=*/0,
820 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
823 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
825 if (FunctionProtoType
*FT
= dyn_cast
<FunctionProtoType
>(R
)) {
826 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
827 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= FT
->getNumArgs(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
828 Params
.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, New
, SourceLocation(), 0,
829 FT
->getArgType(i
), /*TInfo=*/0,
830 SC_None
, SC_None
, 0));
831 New
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
834 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New
);
836 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
837 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
838 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
839 // entirely, but we're not there yet.
840 DeclContext
*SavedContext
= CurContext
;
841 CurContext
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
842 PushOnScopeChains(New
, TUScope
);
843 CurContext
= SavedContext
;
847 /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
848 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
849 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
850 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
852 void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl
*New
, LookupResult
&OldDecls
) {
853 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
855 if (New
->isInvalidDecl()) return;
857 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
858 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
859 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1
) {
860 const IdentifierInfo
*TypeID
= New
->getIdentifier();
861 switch (TypeID
->getLength()) {
864 if (!TypeID
->isStr("id"))
866 Context
.ObjCIdRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
867 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
868 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
871 if (!TypeID
->isStr("Class"))
873 Context
.ObjCClassRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
874 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
875 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
878 if (!TypeID
->isStr("SEL"))
880 Context
.ObjCSelRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
881 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
882 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
885 if (!TypeID
->isStr("Protocol"))
887 Context
.setObjCProtoType(New
->getUnderlyingType());
890 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
893 // Verify the old decl was also a type.
894 TypeDecl
*Old
= OldDecls
.getAsSingle
<TypeDecl
>();
896 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
897 << New
->getDeclName();
899 NamedDecl
*OldD
= OldDecls
.getRepresentativeDecl();
900 if (OldD
->getLocation().isValid())
901 Diag(OldD
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
903 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
906 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
907 if (Old
->isInvalidDecl())
908 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
910 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
912 if (TypedefDecl
*OldTypedef
= dyn_cast
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
913 OldType
= OldTypedef
->getUnderlyingType();
915 OldType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Old
);
917 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
918 // with any extensions enabled.
920 if (OldType
!= New
->getUnderlyingType() &&
921 Context
.getCanonicalType(OldType
) !=
922 Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getUnderlyingType())) {
923 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef
)
924 << New
->getUnderlyingType() << OldType
;
925 if (Old
->getLocation().isValid())
926 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
927 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
930 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
931 // declaration was a typedef.
932 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type
933 // spellings don't match exactly.
934 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
935 New
->setPreviousDeclaration(cast
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
));
937 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
941 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
942 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
943 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
944 // to the type to which it already refers.
945 if (!isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
))
948 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
949 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
950 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
951 // to refer to the type to which it already refers.
953 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
954 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
957 // typedef struct A { } A;
960 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
961 // allow the above but disallow
968 // since that was the intent of DR56.
969 if (!isa
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
972 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
973 << New
->getDeclName();
974 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
975 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
978 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
979 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
980 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
981 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
982 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
983 (Context
.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old
->getLocation()) ||
984 Context
.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New
->getLocation())))
987 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef
)
988 << New
->getDeclName();
989 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
993 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
996 DeclHasAttr(const Decl
*D
, const Attr
*A
) {
997 const OwnershipAttr
*OA
= dyn_cast
<OwnershipAttr
>(A
);
998 for (Decl::attr_iterator i
= D
->attr_begin(), e
= D
->attr_end(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
999 if ((*i
)->getKind() == A
->getKind()) {
1000 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1001 if (OA
&& isa
<OwnershipAttr
>(*i
))
1002 return OA
->getOwnKind() == cast
<OwnershipAttr
>(*i
)->getOwnKind();
1009 /// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1010 static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl
*New
, Decl
*Old
, ASTContext
&C
) {
1011 if (!Old
->hasAttrs())
1013 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1015 if (!New
->hasAttrs())
1016 New
->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1017 for (Decl::attr_iterator i
= Old
->attr_begin(), e
= Old
->attr_end(); i
!= e
;
1019 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable.
1020 if (!DeclHasAttr(New
, *i
) && (*i
)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable
) {
1021 Attr
*NewAttr
= (*i
)->clone(C
);
1022 NewAttr
->setInherited(true);
1023 New
->addAttr(NewAttr
);
1030 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1032 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning
{
1033 ParmVarDecl
*OldParm
;
1034 ParmVarDecl
*NewParm
;
1035 QualType PromotedType
;
1040 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1041 Sema::CXXSpecialMember
Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl
*MD
) {
1042 if (const CXXConstructorDecl
*Ctor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(MD
)) {
1043 if (Ctor
->isCopyConstructor())
1044 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor
;
1046 return Sema::CXXConstructor
;
1049 if (isa
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(MD
))
1050 return Sema::CXXDestructor
;
1052 assert(MD
->isCopyAssignmentOperator() &&
1053 "Must have copy assignment operator");
1054 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment
;
1057 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1058 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1060 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl
*FD
,
1061 const LangOptions
& LangOpts
) {
1062 return (LangOpts
.GNUMode
&& !LangOpts
.C99
&& !LangOpts
.CPlusPlus
&&
1063 FD
->isInlineSpecified() &&
1064 FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern
);
1067 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1068 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1069 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1070 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1072 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1073 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1074 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1077 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1078 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl
*New
, Decl
*OldD
) {
1079 // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1080 FunctionDecl
*Old
= 0;
1081 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*OldFunctionTemplate
1082 = dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(OldD
))
1083 Old
= OldFunctionTemplate
->getTemplatedDecl();
1085 Old
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(OldD
);
1087 if (UsingShadowDecl
*Shadow
= dyn_cast
<UsingShadowDecl
>(OldD
)) {
1088 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse
);
1089 Diag(Shadow
->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1090 diag::note_using_decl_target
);
1091 Diag(Shadow
->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1092 diag::note_using_decl
) << 0;
1096 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
1097 << New
->getDeclName();
1098 Diag(OldD
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1102 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1103 // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1104 diag::kind PrevDiag
;
1105 if (Old
->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1106 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_definition
;
1107 else if (Old
->isImplicit())
1108 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration
;
1110 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_declaration
;
1112 QualType OldQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType());
1113 QualType NewQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType());
1115 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1116 // is an extern inline function.
1117 if (!isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(New
) && !isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(Old
) &&
1118 New
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
1119 Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_Static
&&
1120 !canRedefineFunction(Old
, getLangOptions())) {
1121 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static
)
1123 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
);
1127 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1128 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1129 // calling convention of the first.
1131 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1132 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1133 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1134 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1135 // because it is the default calling convention.
1137 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1138 // other tests to run.
1139 const FunctionType
*OldType
= OldQType
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1140 const FunctionType
*NewType
= New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1141 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo
= OldType
->getExtInfo();
1142 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo
= NewType
->getExtInfo();
1143 if (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() != CC_Default
&&
1144 NewTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
) {
1145 NewQType
= Context
.getCallConvType(NewQType
, OldTypeInfo
.getCC());
1146 New
->setType(NewQType
);
1147 NewQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(NewQType
);
1148 } else if (!Context
.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo
.getCC(),
1149 NewTypeInfo
.getCC())) {
1150 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1151 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change
)
1152 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo
.getCC())
1153 << (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
)
1154 << (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
? "" :
1155 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo
.getCC()));
1156 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1160 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1161 if (OldType
->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType
->getNoReturnAttr()) {
1162 NewQType
= Context
.getNoReturnType(NewQType
);
1163 New
->setType(NewQType
);
1164 assert(NewQType
.isCanonical());
1167 // Merge regparm attribute.
1168 if (OldType
->getRegParmType() != NewType
->getRegParmType()) {
1169 if (NewType
->getRegParmType()) {
1170 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch
)
1171 << NewType
->getRegParmType()
1172 << OldType
->getRegParmType();
1173 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1177 NewQType
= Context
.getRegParmType(NewQType
, OldType
->getRegParmType());
1178 New
->setType(NewQType
);
1179 assert(NewQType
.isCanonical());
1182 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1184 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1185 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1186 // cannot be overloaded.
1187 QualType OldReturnType
1188 = cast
<FunctionType
>(OldQType
.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
1189 QualType NewReturnType
1190 = cast
<FunctionType
>(NewQType
.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
1192 if (OldReturnType
!= NewReturnType
) {
1193 if (NewReturnType
->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1194 && OldReturnType
->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1195 ResQT
= Context
.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType
, OldQType
);
1196 if (ResQT
.isNull()) {
1197 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type
);
1198 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1205 const CXXMethodDecl
* OldMethod
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(Old
);
1206 CXXMethodDecl
* NewMethod
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(New
);
1207 if (OldMethod
&& NewMethod
) {
1208 // Preserve triviality.
1209 NewMethod
->setTrivial(OldMethod
->isTrivial());
1211 bool isFriend
= NewMethod
->getFriendObjectKind();
1213 if (!isFriend
&& NewMethod
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
1214 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1215 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1216 // is a static member function declaration.
1217 if (OldMethod
->isStatic() || NewMethod
->isStatic()) {
1218 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member
);
1219 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1223 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1224 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1225 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1226 // class template can be declared and then later defined.
1228 if (isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(OldMethod
))
1229 NewDiag
= diag::err_constructor_redeclared
;
1230 else if (isa
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(NewMethod
))
1231 NewDiag
= diag::err_destructor_redeclared
;
1232 else if (isa
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewMethod
))
1233 NewDiag
= diag::err_conv_function_redeclared
;
1235 NewDiag
= diag::err_member_redeclared
;
1237 Diag(New
->getLocation(), NewDiag
);
1238 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1240 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1241 // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1243 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1244 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1245 } else if (OldMethod
->isImplicit()) {
1247 NewMethod
->setImplicit();
1249 Diag(NewMethod
->getLocation(),
1250 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member
)
1251 << New
<< getSpecialMember(OldMethod
);
1258 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1259 // return type and the parameter-type-list.
1260 // attributes should be ignored when comparing.
1261 if (Context
.getNoReturnType(OldQType
, false) ==
1262 Context
.getNoReturnType(NewQType
, false))
1263 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1265 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1268 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1269 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1270 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1271 Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldQType
, NewQType
)) {
1272 const FunctionType
*OldFuncType
= OldQType
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1273 const FunctionType
*NewFuncType
= NewQType
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1274 const FunctionProtoType
*OldProto
= 0;
1275 if (isa
<FunctionNoProtoType
>(NewFuncType
) &&
1276 (OldProto
= dyn_cast
<FunctionProtoType
>(OldFuncType
))) {
1277 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1278 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1279 assert(!OldProto
->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1280 llvm::SmallVector
<QualType
, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto
->arg_type_begin(),
1281 OldProto
->arg_type_end());
1282 NewQType
= Context
.getFunctionType(NewFuncType
->getResultType(),
1283 ParamTypes
.data(), ParamTypes
.size(),
1284 OldProto
->isVariadic(),
1285 OldProto
->getTypeQuals(),
1287 OldProto
->getExtInfo());
1288 New
->setType(NewQType
);
1289 New
->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1291 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1292 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
1293 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1294 ParamType
= OldProto
->arg_type_begin(),
1295 ParamEnd
= OldProto
->arg_type_end();
1296 ParamType
!= ParamEnd
; ++ParamType
) {
1297 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, New
,
1298 SourceLocation(), 0,
1299 *ParamType
, /*TInfo=*/0,
1302 Param
->setImplicit();
1303 Params
.push_back(Param
);
1306 New
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
1309 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1312 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1313 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1314 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1315 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1316 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1319 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1320 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
1321 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1323 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1324 Old
->hasPrototype() && !New
->hasPrototype() &&
1325 New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>() &&
1326 Old
->getNumParams() == New
->getNumParams()) {
1327 llvm::SmallVector
<QualType
, 16> ArgTypes
;
1328 llvm::SmallVector
<GNUCompatibleParamWarning
, 16> Warnings
;
1329 const FunctionProtoType
*OldProto
1330 = Old
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>();
1331 const FunctionProtoType
*NewProto
1332 = New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>();
1334 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
1335 QualType MergedReturn
= Context
.mergeTypes(OldProto
->getResultType(),
1336 NewProto
->getResultType());
1337 bool LooseCompatible
= !MergedReturn
.isNull();
1338 for (unsigned Idx
= 0, End
= Old
->getNumParams();
1339 LooseCompatible
&& Idx
!= End
; ++Idx
) {
1340 ParmVarDecl
*OldParm
= Old
->getParamDecl(Idx
);
1341 ParmVarDecl
*NewParm
= New
->getParamDecl(Idx
);
1342 if (Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldParm
->getType(),
1343 NewProto
->getArgType(Idx
))) {
1344 ArgTypes
.push_back(NewParm
->getType());
1345 } else if (Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldParm
->getType(),
1347 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
1348 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
1349 = { OldParm
, NewParm
, NewProto
->getArgType(Idx
) };
1350 Warnings
.push_back(Warn
);
1351 ArgTypes
.push_back(NewParm
->getType());
1353 LooseCompatible
= false;
1356 if (LooseCompatible
) {
1357 for (unsigned Warn
= 0; Warn
< Warnings
.size(); ++Warn
) {
1358 Diag(Warnings
[Warn
].NewParm
->getLocation(),
1359 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype
)
1360 << Warnings
[Warn
].PromotedType
1361 << Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getType();
1362 if (Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getLocation().isValid())
1363 Diag(Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getLocation(),
1364 diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1367 New
->setType(Context
.getFunctionType(MergedReturn
, &ArgTypes
[0],
1369 OldProto
->isVariadic(), 0,
1371 OldProto
->getExtInfo()));
1372 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1375 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
1378 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
1379 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
1380 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= Old
->getBuiltinID()) {
1381 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
1383 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID
)) {
1384 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
1385 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
1386 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
1387 // library built-in.
1388 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin
) << New
;
1389 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration
)
1390 << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1391 New
->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin
);
1392 Old
->setInvalidDecl();
1396 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration
;
1399 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types
) << New
->getDeclName();
1400 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1404 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
1405 /// known to be compatible.
1407 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
1408 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
1409 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
1410 /// redeclaration of Old.
1413 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl
*New
, FunctionDecl
*Old
) {
1414 // Merge the attributes
1415 MergeDeclAttributes(New
, Old
, Context
);
1417 // Merge the storage class.
1418 if (Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern
&&
1419 Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_None
)
1420 New
->setStorageClass(Old
->getStorageClass());
1422 // Merge "pure" flag.
1426 // Merge the "deleted" flag.
1427 if (Old
->isDeleted())
1430 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
1431 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New
, Old
);
1436 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
1437 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
1438 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1440 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
1441 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
1442 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
1444 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl
*New
, LookupResult
&Previous
) {
1445 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
1446 if (New
->isInvalidDecl())
1449 // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
1451 if (!Previous
.isSingleResult() ||
1452 !(Old
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl()))) {
1453 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
1454 << New
->getDeclName();
1455 Diag(Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
1456 diag::note_previous_definition
);
1457 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1460 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1461 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
1463 // Here, we need only consider static data members.
1464 if (Old
->isStaticDataMember() && !New
->isOutOfLine()) {
1465 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member
)
1466 << New
->getIdentifier();
1467 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1468 New
->setInvalidDecl();
1471 MergeDeclAttributes(New
, Old
, Context
);
1475 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1476 if (Context
.hasSameType(New
->getType(), Old
->getType()))
1477 MergedT
= New
->getType();
1478 // C++ [basic.link]p10:
1479 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
1480 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
1481 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
1482 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
1483 else if (Old
->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
1484 New
->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1485 CanQual
<ArrayType
> OldArray
1486 = Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1487 CanQual
<ArrayType
> NewArray
1488 = Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1489 if (OldArray
->getElementType() == NewArray
->getElementType())
1490 MergedT
= New
->getType();
1491 } else if (Old
->getType()->isArrayType() &&
1492 New
->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
1493 CanQual
<ArrayType
> OldArray
1494 = Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1495 CanQual
<ArrayType
> NewArray
1496 = Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1497 if (OldArray
->getElementType() == NewArray
->getElementType())
1498 MergedT
= Old
->getType();
1499 } else if (New
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1500 && Old
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1501 MergedT
= Context
.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New
->getType(), Old
->getType());
1504 MergedT
= Context
.mergeTypes(New
->getType(), Old
->getType());
1506 if (MergedT
.isNull()) {
1507 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type
)
1508 << New
->getDeclName();
1509 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1510 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1512 New
->setType(MergedT
);
1514 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
1515 if (New
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
1516 (Old
->getStorageClass() == SC_None
|| Old
->hasExternalStorage())) {
1517 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static
) << New
->getDeclName();
1518 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1519 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1522 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
1523 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
1524 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
1525 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
1526 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
1527 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
1528 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
1529 // identifier has external linkage.
1530 if (New
->hasExternalStorage() && Old
->hasLinkage())
1532 else if (New
->getStorageClass() != SC_Static
&&
1533 Old
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) {
1534 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static
) << New
->getDeclName();
1535 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1536 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1539 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
1541 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
1542 // need to check for mismatches.
1543 if (!New
->hasExternalStorage() && !New
->isFileVarDecl() &&
1544 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
1545 !(Old
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1546 !New
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
1547 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << New
->getDeclName();
1548 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1549 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1552 if (New
->isThreadSpecified() && !Old
->isThreadSpecified()) {
1553 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread
) << New
->getDeclName();
1554 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1555 } else if (!New
->isThreadSpecified() && Old
->isThreadSpecified()) {
1556 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread
) << New
->getDeclName();
1557 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1560 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
1562 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1563 New
->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition
&&
1564 (Def
= Old
->getDefinition())) {
1565 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
1566 << New
->getDeclName();
1567 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1568 New
->setInvalidDecl();
1572 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
1573 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
1574 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
1575 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
1576 // specified at the prior declaration.
1577 // FIXME. revisit this code.
1578 if (New
->hasExternalStorage() &&
1579 Old
->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage
&&
1580 New
->getDeclContext() == Old
->getDeclContext())
1581 New
->setStorageClass(Old
->getStorageClass());
1583 // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
1584 New
->setPreviousDeclaration(Old
);
1586 // Inherit access appropriately.
1587 New
->setAccess(Old
->getAccess());
1590 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
1591 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
1592 Decl
*Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope
*S
, AccessSpecifier AS
,
1594 // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope
1595 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit
1596 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread
1597 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile
1598 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable
1599 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
1602 if (DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class
||
1603 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct
||
1604 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union
||
1605 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum
) {
1606 TagD
= DS
.getRepAsDecl();
1608 if (!TagD
) // We probably had an error
1611 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
1612 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
1614 Tag
= dyn_cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
1617 if (unsigned TypeQuals
= DS
.getTypeQualifiers()) {
1618 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
1619 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
1620 if (TypeQuals
& DeclSpec::TQ_restrict
)
1621 Diag(DS
.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
1622 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg
)
1623 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1626 if (DS
.isFriendSpecified()) {
1627 // If we're dealing with a class template decl, assume that the
1628 // template routines are handling it.
1629 if (TagD
&& isa
<ClassTemplateDecl
>(TagD
))
1631 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S
, DS
, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
1634 if (RecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(Tag
)) {
1635 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Record
, DS
.getAttributes());
1637 if (!Record
->getDeclName() && Record
->isDefinition() &&
1638 DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
) {
1639 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
||
1640 Record
->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1641 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S
, DS
, AS
, Record
);
1643 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1644 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1647 // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain
1649 // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area?
1650 if (Record
->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
1654 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1655 DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
1656 if (EnumDecl
*Enum
= dyn_cast_or_null
<EnumDecl
>(Tag
))
1657 if (Enum
->enumerator_begin() == Enum
->enumerator_end() &&
1658 !Enum
->getIdentifier() && !Enum
->isInvalidDecl())
1659 Diag(Enum
->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1660 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1662 if (!DS
.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&
1663 DS
.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error
) {
1664 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
1665 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
1666 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
1667 Tag
&& isa
<EnumDecl
>(Tag
)) {
1668 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name
)
1669 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1673 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1674 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1680 /// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
1681 /// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
1682 StmtResult
Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec
&DS
) {
1684 if (DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr
) {
1685 Expr
*Exp
= DS
.getRepAsExpr();
1686 QualType Ty
= Exp
->getType();
1687 if (Ty
->isPointerType()) {
1689 Ty
= Ty
->getAs
<PointerType
>()->getPointeeType();
1690 while (Ty
->isPointerType());
1692 if (Ty
->isVariableArrayType()) {
1693 R
= ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp
));
1699 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
1700 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
1702 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
1703 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema
&SemaRef
,
1706 DeclarationName Name
,
1707 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
1708 unsigned diagnostic
) {
1709 LookupResult
R(SemaRef
, Name
, NameLoc
, Sema::LookupMemberName
,
1710 Sema::ForRedeclaration
);
1711 if (!SemaRef
.LookupName(R
, S
)) return false;
1713 if (R
.getAsSingle
<TagDecl
>())
1716 // Pick a representative declaration.
1717 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= R
.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1718 assert(PrevDecl
&& "Expected a non-null Decl");
1720 if (!SemaRef
.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, Owner
, S
))
1723 SemaRef
.Diag(NameLoc
, diagnostic
) << Name
;
1724 SemaRef
.Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1729 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
1730 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
1731 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
1732 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
1739 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
1740 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x
1743 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
1744 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
1745 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema
&SemaRef
, Scope
*S
,
1747 RecordDecl
*AnonRecord
,
1748 AccessSpecifier AS
) {
1750 = AnonRecord
->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
1751 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl
;
1753 bool Invalid
= false;
1754 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F
= AnonRecord
->field_begin(),
1755 FEnd
= AnonRecord
->field_end();
1757 if ((*F
)->getDeclName()) {
1758 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef
, S
, Owner
, (*F
)->getDeclName(),
1759 (*F
)->getLocation(), diagKind
)) {
1760 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1761 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
1762 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the
1763 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
1766 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1767 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
1768 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are
1769 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
1770 // anonymous union is declared.
1771 Owner
->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F
);
1773 SemaRef
.IdResolver
.AddDecl(*F
);
1775 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
1776 if (AS
!= AS_none
) (*F
)->setAccess(AS
);
1778 } else if (const RecordType
*InnerRecordType
1779 = (*F
)->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
1780 RecordDecl
*InnerRecord
= InnerRecordType
->getDecl();
1781 if (InnerRecord
->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1782 Invalid
= Invalid
||
1783 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef
, S
, Owner
,
1791 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1792 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1793 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1795 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec
) {
1796 switch (StorageClassSpec
) {
1797 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: return SC_None
;
1798 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: return SC_Extern
;
1799 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: return SC_Static
;
1800 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
: return SC_Auto
;
1801 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
: return SC_Register
;
1802 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: return SC_PrivateExtern
;
1803 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1804 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
: // Fall through.
1805 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
: return SC_None
;
1807 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1810 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1811 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1812 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1814 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec
) {
1815 switch (StorageClassSpec
) {
1816 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: return SC_None
;
1817 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: return SC_Extern
;
1818 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: return SC_Static
;
1819 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: return SC_PrivateExtern
;
1820 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1821 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
: // Fall through.
1822 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
: // Fall through.
1823 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
: // Fall through.
1824 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
: return SC_None
;
1826 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1829 /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
1830 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
1831 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
1832 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
1833 Decl
*Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope
*S
, DeclSpec
&DS
,
1835 RecordDecl
*Record
) {
1836 DeclContext
*Owner
= Record
->getDeclContext();
1838 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
1839 if (Record
->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
1840 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union
);
1841 else if (!Record
->isUnion())
1842 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct
);
1844 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
1846 bool Invalid
= false;
1847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1848 const char* PrevSpec
= 0;
1850 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1851 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
1852 // global namespace shall be declared static.
1853 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
&&
1854 (isa
<TranslationUnitDecl
>(Owner
) ||
1855 (isa
<NamespaceDecl
>(Owner
) &&
1856 cast
<NamespaceDecl
>(Owner
)->getDeclName()))) {
1857 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static
);
1860 // Recover by adding 'static'.
1861 DS
.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static
, SourceLocation(),
1864 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1865 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
1866 // anonymous union in a class scope.
1867 else if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
&&
1868 isa
<RecordDecl
>(Owner
)) {
1869 Diag(DS
.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
1870 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec
);
1873 // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
1874 DS
.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
, SourceLocation(),
1878 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1879 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
1880 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
1881 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
1882 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem
= Record
->decls_begin(),
1883 MemEnd
= Record
->decls_end();
1884 Mem
!= MemEnd
; ++Mem
) {
1885 if (FieldDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FieldDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1886 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1887 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
1888 // members (clause 11).
1889 assert(FD
->getAccess() != AS_none
);
1890 if (FD
->getAccess() != AS_public
) {
1891 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member
)
1892 << (int)Record
->isUnion() << (int)(FD
->getAccess() == AS_protected
);
1896 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD
))
1898 } else if ((*Mem
)->isImplicit()) {
1899 // Any implicit members are fine.
1900 } else if (isa
<TagDecl
>(*Mem
) && (*Mem
)->getDeclContext() != Record
) {
1901 // This is a type that showed up in an
1902 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
1903 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
1904 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
1905 } else if (RecordDecl
*MemRecord
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1906 if (!MemRecord
->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
1907 MemRecord
->getDeclName()) {
1908 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1909 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
1910 Diag(MemRecord
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1911 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1913 // This is a nested type declaration.
1914 Diag(MemRecord
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1915 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1919 } else if (isa
<AccessSpecDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1920 // Any access specifier is fine.
1922 // We have something that isn't a non-static data
1923 // member. Complain about it.
1924 unsigned DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member
;
1925 if (isa
<TypeDecl
>(*Mem
))
1926 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
;
1927 else if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(*Mem
))
1928 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function
;
1929 else if (isa
<VarDecl
>(*Mem
))
1930 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static
;
1932 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1933 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
&&
1934 DK
== diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1935 Diag((*Mem
)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1936 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1938 Diag((*Mem
)->getLocation(), DK
)
1939 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1946 if (!Record
->isUnion() && !Owner
->isRecord()) {
1947 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member
)
1948 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
;
1952 // Mock up a declarator.
1953 Declarator
Dc(DS
, Declarator::TypeNameContext
);
1954 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc
, S
);
1955 assert(TInfo
&& "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
1957 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
1958 NamedDecl
*Anon
= 0;
1959 if (RecordDecl
*OwningClass
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(Owner
)) {
1960 Anon
= FieldDecl::Create(Context
, OwningClass
, Record
->getLocation(),
1961 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
1962 Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
),
1964 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
1965 Anon
->setAccess(AS
);
1966 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
1967 FieldCollector
->Add(cast
<FieldDecl
>(Anon
));
1969 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= DS
.getStorageClassSpec();
1970 assert(SCSpec
!= DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
1971 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
1972 VarDecl::StorageClass SC
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
1973 if (SCSpec
== DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
) {
1974 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
1976 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember
);
1980 SCSpec
= DS
.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
1981 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
1982 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
1984 Anon
= VarDecl::Create(Context
, Owner
, Record
->getLocation(),
1985 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
1986 Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
),
1987 TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
);
1989 Anon
->setImplicit();
1991 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
1992 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
1994 Owner
->addDecl(Anon
);
1996 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
1997 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
1999 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S
, Owner
, Record
, AS
))
2002 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2003 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2004 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2005 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2006 // builds its lookup table, and once by
2007 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2008 Record
->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2011 Anon
->setInvalidDecl();
2017 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2018 /// given Declarator.
2019 DeclarationNameInfo
Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator
&D
) {
2020 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D
.getName());
2023 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2025 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId
&Name
) {
2026 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
;
2027 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2029 switch (Name
.getKind()) {
2031 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier
:
2032 NameInfo
.setName(Name
.Identifier
);
2033 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2036 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId
:
2037 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXOperatorName(
2038 Name
.OperatorFunctionId
.Operator
));
2039 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2040 NameInfo
.getInfo().CXXOperatorName
.BeginOpNameLoc
2041 = Name
.OperatorFunctionId
.SymbolLocations
[0];
2042 NameInfo
.getInfo().CXXOperatorName
.EndOpNameLoc
2043 = Name
.EndLocation
.getRawEncoding();
2046 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId
:
2047 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2049 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2050 NameInfo
.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name
.EndLocation
);
2053 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId
: {
2054 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2055 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.ConversionFunctionId
, &TInfo
);
2057 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2058 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2059 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2060 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2061 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2065 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName
: {
2066 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2067 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.ConstructorName
, &TInfo
);
2069 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2070 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConstructorName(
2071 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2072 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2073 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2077 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId
: {
2078 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
2079 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
2080 // to find the actual type being constructed.
2081 CXXRecordDecl
*CurClass
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
);
2082 if (!CurClass
|| CurClass
->getIdentifier() != Name
.TemplateId
->Name
)
2083 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2085 // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
2086 QualType CurClassType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(CurClass
);
2088 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
2089 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
2092 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConstructorName(
2093 Context
.getCanonicalType(CurClassType
)));
2094 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2095 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
2096 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
2100 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName
: {
2101 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2102 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.DestructorName
, &TInfo
);
2104 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2105 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(
2106 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2107 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2108 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2112 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
: {
2113 TemplateName TName
= Name
.TemplateId
->Template
.get();
2114 SourceLocation TNameLoc
= Name
.TemplateId
->TemplateNameLoc
;
2115 return Context
.getNameForTemplate(TName
, TNameLoc
);
2118 } // switch (Name.getKind())
2120 assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
2121 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2124 /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
2125 /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
2126 /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
2127 /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within
2128 /// the class or namespace.
2129 static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext
&Context
,
2130 FunctionDecl
*Declaration
,
2131 FunctionDecl
*Definition
) {
2132 if (Declaration
->param_size() != Definition
->param_size())
2134 for (unsigned Idx
= 0; Idx
< Declaration
->param_size(); ++Idx
) {
2135 QualType DeclParamTy
= Declaration
->getParamDecl(Idx
)->getType();
2136 QualType DefParamTy
= Definition
->getParamDecl(Idx
)->getType();
2138 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy
.getNonReferenceType(),
2139 DefParamTy
.getNonReferenceType()))
2146 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
2147 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
2148 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
2149 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
2150 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
2151 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema
&S
, Declarator
&D
,
2152 DeclarationName Name
) {
2153 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
2154 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
2155 // - types which will become injected class names
2156 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
2157 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
2160 DeclSpec
&DS
= D
.getMutableDeclSpec();
2161 switch (DS
.getTypeSpecType()) {
2162 case DeclSpec::TST_typename
:
2163 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType
:
2164 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype
: {
2165 // Grab the type from the parser.
2166 TypeSourceInfo
*TSI
= 0;
2167 QualType T
= S
.GetTypeFromParser(DS
.getRepAsType(), &TSI
);
2168 if (T
.isNull() || !T
->isDependentType()) break;
2170 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
2171 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
2172 // attached already.
2174 TSI
= S
.Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
, DS
.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
2176 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
2177 TSI
= S
.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), Name
);
2178 if (!TSI
) return true;
2180 // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
2181 ParsedType LocType
= S
.CreateParsedType(TSI
->getType(), TSI
);
2182 DS
.UpdateTypeRep(LocType
);
2186 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr
: {
2187 Expr
*E
= DS
.getRepAsExpr();
2188 ExprResult Result
= S
.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E
);
2189 if (Result
.isInvalid()) return true;
2190 DS
.UpdateExprRep(Result
.get());
2195 // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
2199 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
2200 for (unsigned I
= 0, E
= D
.getNumTypeObjects(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
2201 DeclaratorChunk
&Chunk
= D
.getTypeObject(I
);
2203 // The only type information in the declarator which can come
2204 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
2206 if (Chunk
.Kind
!= DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer
)
2209 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
2210 CXXScopeSpec
&SS
= Chunk
.Mem
.Scope();
2211 if (S
.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS
))
2218 Decl
*Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
) {
2219 return HandleDeclarator(S
, D
, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false);
2222 Decl
*Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
,
2223 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
2224 bool IsFunctionDefinition
) {
2225 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
2226 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
);
2227 DeclarationName Name
= NameInfo
.getName();
2229 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
2230 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
2232 if (!D
.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
2233 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2234 diag::err_declarator_need_ident
)
2235 << D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D
.getSourceRange();
2239 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
2240 // we find one that is.
2241 while ((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0 ||
2242 (S
->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope
) != 0)
2245 DeclContext
*DC
= CurContext
;
2246 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
2248 else if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2249 bool EnteringContext
= !D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
2250 DC
= computeDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext
);
2252 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
2253 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
2254 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
2255 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
2256 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2257 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match
)
2258 << (NestedNameSpecifier
*)D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
2259 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2263 bool IsDependentContext
= DC
->isDependentContext();
2265 if (!IsDependentContext
&&
2266 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC
))
2269 if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
) && !cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)->hasDefinition()) {
2270 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2271 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record
)
2272 << Name
<< DC
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2276 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
2277 // declaration in the current instantiation.
2278 if (EnteringContext
&& IsDependentContext
&&
2279 TemplateParamLists
.size() != 0) {
2280 ContextRAII
SavedContext(*this, DC
);
2281 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D
, Name
))
2288 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
2289 QualType R
= TInfo
->getType();
2291 LookupResult
Previous(*this, NameInfo
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
2294 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
2295 if (!D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2296 bool IsLinkageLookup
= false;
2298 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
2299 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
2300 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
2301 if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
2303 else if (R
->isFunctionType()) {
2304 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2305 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
)
2306 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2307 } else if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern
)
2308 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2309 else if (CurContext
->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
2310 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
)
2311 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2313 if (IsLinkageLookup
)
2314 Previous
.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage
);
2316 LookupName(Previous
, S
, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup
);
2317 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
2318 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, DC
);
2320 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
2321 // out-of-line members.
2322 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous
);
2325 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
2326 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
2327 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
2328 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
2329 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
2330 // declarations namespace.
2332 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
2333 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
2334 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
2341 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
2343 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
2344 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
2347 // First check whether we named the global scope.
2348 if (isa
<TranslationUnitDecl
>(DC
)) {
2349 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope
)
2350 << Name
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2352 DeclContext
*Cur
= CurContext
;
2353 while (isa
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(Cur
))
2354 Cur
= Cur
->getParent();
2355 if (!Cur
->Encloses(DC
)) {
2356 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
2357 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
2358 SourceLocation L
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
2359 SourceRange R
= D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2360 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(Cur
))
2361 Diag(L
, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function
) << Name
<< R
;
2363 Diag(L
, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope
)
2364 << Name
<< cast
<NamedDecl
>(DC
) << R
;
2370 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
2371 Previous
.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
2372 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
2373 if (!D
.isInvalidType())
2374 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2375 Previous
.getFoundDecl()))
2378 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
2382 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
2383 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
2384 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
2385 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
2386 if (Previous
.isSingleTagDecl() &&
2387 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
2390 bool Redeclaration
= false;
2391 if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
) {
2392 if (TemplateParamLists
.size()) {
2393 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef
);
2397 New
= ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
, Redeclaration
);
2398 } else if (R
->isFunctionType()) {
2399 New
= ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
,
2400 move(TemplateParamLists
),
2401 IsFunctionDefinition
, Redeclaration
);
2403 New
= ActOnVariableDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
,
2404 move(TemplateParamLists
),
2411 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
2412 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
2413 if (New
->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration
&& New
->isInvalidDecl()))
2414 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
);
2419 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
2420 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
2421 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
2422 static QualType
TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T
,
2423 ASTContext
&Context
,
2424 bool &SizeIsNegative
,
2425 llvm::APSInt
&Oversized
) {
2426 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
2427 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
2428 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
2429 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
2430 SizeIsNegative
= false;
2433 if (T
->isDependentType())
2436 QualifierCollector Qs
;
2437 const Type
*Ty
= Qs
.strip(T
);
2439 if (const PointerType
* PTy
= dyn_cast
<PointerType
>(Ty
)) {
2440 QualType Pointee
= PTy
->getPointeeType();
2441 QualType FixedType
=
2442 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
2444 if (FixedType
.isNull()) return FixedType
;
2445 FixedType
= Context
.getPointerType(FixedType
);
2446 return Qs
.apply(FixedType
);
2449 const VariableArrayType
* VLATy
= dyn_cast
<VariableArrayType
>(T
);
2452 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
2453 if (VLATy
->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
2456 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult
;
2457 if (!VLATy
->getSizeExpr() ||
2458 !VLATy
->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult
, Context
) ||
2459 !EvalResult
.Val
.isInt())
2462 // Check whether the array size is negative.
2463 llvm::APSInt
&Res
= EvalResult
.Val
.getInt();
2464 if (Res
.isSigned() && Res
.isNegative()) {
2465 SizeIsNegative
= true;
2469 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
2470 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
2471 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context
, VLATy
->getElementType(),
2473 if (ActiveSizeBits
> ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context
)) {
2478 return Context
.getConstantArrayType(VLATy
->getElementType(),
2479 Res
, ArrayType::Normal
, 0);
2482 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
2483 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
2485 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl
*ND
,
2486 const LookupResult
&Previous
,
2488 assert(ND
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2489 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
2490 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
2491 LocallyScopedExternalDecls
[ND
->getDeclName()] = ND
;
2493 if (!Previous
.isSingleResult())
2496 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= Previous
.getFoundDecl();
2498 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
2499 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
2501 if (S
&& IdResolver
.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl
, ND
)) {
2502 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
2503 // chain, so remove it from its scope.
2504 while (S
&& !S
->isDeclScope(PrevDecl
))
2508 S
->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl
);
2512 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
2513 /// does not identify a function.
2514 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator
& D
) {
2515 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
2516 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
2517 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
2518 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
2519 diag::err_inline_non_function
);
2521 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
2522 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
2523 diag::err_virtual_non_function
);
2525 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
2526 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
2527 diag::err_explicit_non_function
);
2531 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope
* S
, Declarator
& D
, DeclContext
* DC
,
2532 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
2533 LookupResult
&Previous
, bool &Redeclaration
) {
2534 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
2535 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2536 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator
)
2537 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2539 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
2544 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
2545 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2546 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
2549 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
2551 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
2552 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
2554 if (D
.getName().Kind
!= UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier
) {
2555 Diag(D
.getName().StartLocation
, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier
)
2556 << D
.getName().getSourceRange();
2560 TypedefDecl
*NewTD
= ParseTypedefDecl(S
, D
, R
, TInfo
);
2561 if (!NewTD
) return 0;
2563 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2564 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewTD
, D
);
2566 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
2567 // then it shall have block scope.
2568 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
2569 // that redeclarations will match.
2570 QualType T
= NewTD
->getUnderlyingType();
2571 if (T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2572 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
2574 if (S
->getFnParent() == 0) {
2575 bool SizeIsNegative
;
2576 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
2578 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
2580 if (!FixedTy
.isNull()) {
2581 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
2582 NewTD
->setTypeSourceInfo(Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy
));
2585 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size
);
2586 else if (T
->isVariableArrayType())
2587 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope
);
2588 else if (Oversized
.getBoolValue())
2589 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large
)
2590 << Oversized
.toString(10);
2592 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope
);
2593 NewTD
->setInvalidDecl();
2598 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
2599 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
2600 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false);
2601 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
2602 Redeclaration
= true;
2603 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD
, Previous
);
2606 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
2607 if (IdentifierInfo
*II
= NewTD
->getIdentifier())
2608 if (!NewTD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
2609 NewTD
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
2610 if (II
->isStr("FILE"))
2611 Context
.setFILEDecl(NewTD
);
2612 else if (II
->isStr("jmp_buf"))
2613 Context
.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD
);
2614 else if (II
->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
2615 Context
.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD
);
2616 else if (II
->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
2617 Context
.setBuiltinVaListType(Context
.getTypedefType(NewTD
));
2623 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
2624 /// previous declaration.
2626 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
2627 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
2628 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
2629 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
2630 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
2631 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
2633 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
2636 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
2639 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
2640 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
2642 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
, DeclContext
*DC
,
2643 ASTContext
&Context
) {
2647 if (!PrevDecl
->hasLinkage())
2650 if (Context
.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
2651 // C++ [basic.link]p6:
2652 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
2653 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
2654 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
2655 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
2656 // linkage of the previous declaration.
2657 DeclContext
*OuterContext
= DC
->getRedeclContext();
2658 if (!OuterContext
->isFunctionOrMethod())
2659 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
2662 DeclContext
*PrevOuterContext
= PrevDecl
->getDeclContext();
2663 if (PrevOuterContext
->isRecord())
2664 // We found a member function: ignore it.
2667 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
2668 // previous declarations.
2669 OuterContext
= OuterContext
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2670 PrevOuterContext
= PrevOuterContext
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2672 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
2673 // isn't the same function.
2674 if (!OuterContext
->Equals(PrevOuterContext
))
2681 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl
*DD
, Declarator
&D
) {
2682 CXXScopeSpec
&SS
= D
.getCXXScopeSpec();
2683 if (!SS
.isSet()) return;
2684 DD
->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier
*>(SS
.getScopeRep()),
2689 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope
* S
, Declarator
& D
, DeclContext
* DC
,
2690 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
2691 LookupResult
&Previous
,
2692 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
2693 bool &Redeclaration
) {
2694 DeclarationName Name
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
).getName();
2696 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2697 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
2700 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
2701 assert(SCSpec
!= DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
2702 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2703 VarDecl::StorageClass SC
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2704 if (SCSpec
== DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
) {
2705 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2707 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember
);
2711 SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2712 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2713 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2715 IdentifierInfo
*II
= Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2717 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name
)
2718 << Name
.getAsString();
2722 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
2724 if (!DC
->isRecord() && S
->getFnParent() == 0) {
2725 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
2726 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
2727 if (SC
== SC_Auto
|| SC
== SC_Register
) {
2729 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
2730 // is a GNU extension.
2731 if (SC
== SC_Register
&& D
.getAsmLabel())
2732 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register
);
2734 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope
);
2738 if (DC
->isRecord() && !CurContext
->isRecord()) {
2739 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
2740 if (SC
== SC_Static
) {
2741 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2742 diag::err_static_out_of_line
)
2743 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2744 } else if (SC
== SC_None
)
2747 if (SC
== SC_Static
) {
2748 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)) {
2749 if (RD
->isLocalClass())
2750 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2751 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class
)
2752 << Name
<< RD
->getDeclName();
2756 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
2757 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
2758 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
2759 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParamLists
.size();
2760 bool Invalid
= false;
2761 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
2762 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
2763 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2764 D
.getCXXScopeSpec(),
2765 (TemplateParameterList
**)TemplateParamLists
.get(),
2766 TemplateParamLists
.size(),
2767 /*never a friend*/ false,
2768 isExplicitSpecialization
,
2770 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
2771 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
2773 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
2774 // There is no such thing as a variable template.
2775 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable
)
2777 << SourceRange(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2778 TemplateParams
->getRAngleLoc());
2781 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
2782 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
2783 Diag(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2784 diag::err_template_variable_noparams
)
2786 << SourceRange(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2787 TemplateParams
->getRAngleLoc());
2789 isExplicitSpecialization
= true;
2793 VarDecl
*NewVD
= VarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2794 II
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
);
2796 if (D
.isInvalidType() || Invalid
)
2797 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2799 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD
, D
);
2801 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0 && D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2802 NewVD
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
2803 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
2804 (TemplateParameterList
**)TemplateParamLists
.release());
2807 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
2808 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage())
2809 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global
);
2810 else if (!Context
.Target
.isTLSSupported())
2811 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported
);
2813 NewVD
->setThreadSpecified(true);
2816 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
2817 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
2818 NewVD
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
2820 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2821 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewVD
, D
);
2823 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
2824 if (Expr
*E
= (Expr
*) D
.getAsmLabel()) {
2825 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
2826 StringLiteral
*SE
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(E
);
2827 NewVD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) AsmLabelAttr(SE
->getStrTokenLoc(0),
2828 Context
, SE
->getString()));
2831 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
2832 if (!D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
2833 CheckShadow(S
, NewVD
, Previous
);
2835 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
2836 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
2837 // declaration has linkage).
2838 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, NewVD
->hasLinkage());
2840 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
2841 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
2842 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
2843 isa
<FieldDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl()) &&
2844 D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2845 // The user tried to define a non-static data member
2846 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
2847 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line
)
2848 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2850 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2852 } else if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2853 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
2854 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member
)
2855 << Name
<< computeDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
2856 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2857 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2860 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD
, Previous
, Redeclaration
);
2862 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
2863 if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& !NewVD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
2864 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD
, Previous
))
2865 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2867 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2868 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
2870 if (Previous
.isSingleResult()) {
2871 VarDecl
*Def
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
2872 if (Def
&& (Def
= Def
->getDefinition()) &&
2873 Def
!= NewVD
&& D
.hasAttributes()) {
2874 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition
);
2875 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
2879 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
2881 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD
->isExternC() &&
2882 !NewVD
->isInvalidDecl())
2883 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD
, Previous
, S
);
2885 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
2886 // member, set the visibility of this variable.
2887 if (NewVD
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
&& !DC
->isRecord())
2888 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD
);
2890 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD
);
2895 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
2898 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
2901 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
2902 /// \param R the lookup of the name
2904 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope
*S
, VarDecl
*D
, const LookupResult
& R
) {
2905 // Return if warning is ignored.
2906 if (Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow
) == Diagnostic::Ignored
)
2909 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not
2910 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype.
2911 DeclContext
*NewDC
= static_cast<DeclContext
*>(S
->getEntity());
2912 if (NewDC
&& NewDC
->isFileContext())
2915 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
2916 if (R
.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found
)
2919 NamedDecl
* ShadowedDecl
= R
.getFoundDecl();
2920 if (!isa
<VarDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
) && !isa
<FieldDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
))
2923 DeclContext
*OldDC
= ShadowedDecl
->getDeclContext();
2925 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
2926 if (NewDC
&& NewDC
->isRecord()) {
2927 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
2928 if (!OldDC
->isRecord())
2931 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
2932 // static data members from base classes?
2934 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
2935 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
2936 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
2939 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
2941 if (isa
<RecordDecl
>(OldDC
)) {
2942 if (isa
<FieldDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
))
2945 Kind
= 2; // static data member
2946 } else if (OldDC
->isFileContext())
2951 DeclarationName Name
= R
.getLookupName();
2953 // Emit warning and note.
2954 Diag(R
.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow
) << Name
<< Kind
<< OldDC
;
2955 Diag(ShadowedDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
2958 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
2959 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope
*S
, VarDecl
*D
) {
2960 LookupResult
R(*this, D
->getDeclName(), D
->getLocation(),
2961 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName
, Sema::ForRedeclaration
);
2963 CheckShadow(S
, D
, R
);
2966 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
2969 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
2970 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
2971 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
2972 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
2973 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
2975 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
2976 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl
*NewVD
,
2977 LookupResult
&Previous
,
2978 bool &Redeclaration
) {
2979 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
2980 if (NewVD
->isInvalidDecl())
2983 QualType T
= NewVD
->getType();
2985 if (T
->isObjCObjectType()) {
2986 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object
);
2987 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2990 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
2991 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
2992 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
2993 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
2994 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && (T
.getAddressSpace() != 0)) {
2995 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl
);
2996 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2999 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && T
.isObjCGCWeak()
3000 && !NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>())
3001 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local
);
3003 bool isVM
= T
->isVariablyModifiedType();
3004 if (isVM
|| NewVD
->hasAttr
<CleanupAttr
>() ||
3005 NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>())
3006 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3008 if ((isVM
&& NewVD
->hasLinkage()) ||
3009 (T
->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD
->hasGlobalStorage())) {
3010 bool SizeIsNegative
;
3011 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
3013 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
3016 if (FixedTy
.isNull() && T
->isVariableArrayType()) {
3017 const VariableArrayType
*VAT
= Context
.getAsVariableArrayType(T
);
3018 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
3020 SourceRange SizeRange
= VAT
->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
3022 if (NewVD
->isFileVarDecl())
3023 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope
)
3025 else if (NewVD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
)
3026 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage
)
3029 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage
)
3031 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3034 if (FixedTy
.isNull()) {
3035 if (NewVD
->isFileVarDecl())
3036 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope
);
3038 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage
);
3039 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3042 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
3043 NewVD
->setType(FixedTy
);
3046 if (Previous
.empty() && NewVD
->isExternC()) {
3047 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
3048 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
3049 // declaration with the same name.
3050 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
3051 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(NewVD
->getDeclName());
3052 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end())
3053 Previous
.addDecl(Pos
->second
);
3056 if (T
->isVoidType() && !NewVD
->hasExternalStorage()) {
3057 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)
3059 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3062 if (!NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
3063 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal
);
3064 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3067 if (isVM
&& NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
3068 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm
);
3069 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3072 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
3073 // function pointer-to-members can do that.
3075 unsigned PtrOrRef
= 0;
3076 if (const PointerType
*Ptr
= T
->getAs
<PointerType
>())
3077 Pointee
= Ptr
->getPointeeType();
3078 else if (const ReferenceType
*Ref
= T
->getAs
<ReferenceType
>()) {
3079 Pointee
= Ref
->getPointeeType();
3082 if (!Pointee
.isNull() && Pointee
->isFunctionProtoType() &&
3083 Pointee
->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
3084 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer
)
3086 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3089 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
3090 Redeclaration
= true;
3091 MergeVarDecl(NewVD
, Previous
);
3095 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
3096 struct FindOverriddenMethodData
{
3098 CXXMethodDecl
*Method
;
3101 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
3102 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
3103 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
3104 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier
*Specifier
,
3107 RecordDecl
*BaseRecord
= Specifier
->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>()->getDecl();
3109 FindOverriddenMethodData
*Data
3110 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData
*>(UserData
);
3112 DeclarationName Name
= Data
->Method
->getDeclName();
3114 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
3115 if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName
) {
3116 // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
3117 QualType T
= Data
->S
->Context
.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord
);
3118 CanQualType CT
= Data
->S
->Context
.getCanonicalType(T
);
3120 Name
= Data
->S
->Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(CT
);
3123 for (Path
.Decls
= BaseRecord
->lookup(Name
);
3124 Path
.Decls
.first
!= Path
.Decls
.second
;
3125 ++Path
.Decls
.first
) {
3126 NamedDecl
*D
= *Path
.Decls
.first
;
3127 if (CXXMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(D
)) {
3128 if (MD
->isVirtual() && !Data
->S
->IsOverload(Data
->Method
, MD
, false))
3136 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
3137 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
3138 void Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl
*DC
, CXXMethodDecl
*MD
) {
3139 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
3141 FindOverriddenMethodData Data
;
3144 if (DC
->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod
, &Data
, Paths
)) {
3145 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I
= Paths
.found_decls_begin(),
3146 E
= Paths
.found_decls_end(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
3147 if (CXXMethodDecl
*OldMD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(*I
)) {
3148 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD
, OldMD
) &&
3149 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD
, OldMD
) &&
3150 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD
, OldMD
))
3151 MD
->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD
->getCanonicalDecl());
3158 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope
* S
, Declarator
& D
, DeclContext
* DC
,
3159 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
3160 LookupResult
&Previous
,
3161 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
3162 bool IsFunctionDefinition
, bool &Redeclaration
) {
3163 assert(R
.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
3165 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3166 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
);
3167 DeclarationName Name
= NameInfo
.getName();
3168 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC
= SC_None
;
3169 switch (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
3170 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
3171 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
:
3172 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
:
3173 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
:
3174 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3175 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func
);
3178 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: SC
= SC_None
; break;
3179 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: SC
= SC_Extern
; break;
3180 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: {
3181 if (CurContext
->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3183 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
3184 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
3185 // other than extern
3186 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
3187 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3188 diag::err_static_block_func
);
3194 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: SC
= SC_PrivateExtern
; break;
3197 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3198 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
3200 bool isFriend
= D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3201 bool isInline
= D
.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
3202 bool isVirtual
= D
.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
3203 bool isExplicit
= D
.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
3205 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3206 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3207 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
3209 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
3210 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
3211 // the class has been completely parsed.
3212 if (!DC
->isRecord() &&
3213 RequireNonAbstractType(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3214 R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType(),
3215 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
3216 AbstractReturnType
))
3219 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
3220 if (R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
3221 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3222 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value
) << 0
3223 << R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType();
3227 bool isVirtualOkay
= false;
3228 FunctionDecl
*NewFD
;
3231 // C++ [class.friend]p5
3232 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
3233 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
3234 isInline
|= IsFunctionDefinition
;
3237 if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName
) {
3238 // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
3239 assert(DC
->isRecord() &&
3240 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
3242 R
= CheckConstructorDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3244 // Create the new declaration
3245 NewFD
= CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context
,
3246 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3248 isExplicit
, isInline
,
3249 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3250 } else if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName
) {
3251 // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
3252 if (DC
->isRecord()) {
3253 R
= CheckDestructorDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3255 NewFD
= CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context
,
3256 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3259 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3260 NewFD
->setTypeSourceInfo(TInfo
);
3262 isVirtualOkay
= true;
3264 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member
);
3266 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
3268 NewFD
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3269 Name
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
,
3270 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
3273 } else if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName
) {
3274 if (!DC
->isRecord()) {
3275 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3276 diag::err_conv_function_not_member
);
3280 CheckConversionDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3281 NewFD
= CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3283 isInline
, isExplicit
);
3285 isVirtualOkay
= true;
3286 } else if (DC
->isRecord()) {
3287 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this
3288 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
3289 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
3290 // constructor if it has no return type).
3291 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type
3292 if (Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
3293 Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)->getIdentifier()){
3294 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type
)
3295 << SourceRange(D
.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
3296 << SourceRange(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3300 bool isStatic
= SC
== SC_Static
;
3303 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
3304 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3305 if (Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New
||
3306 Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
)
3309 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
3310 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3311 if (Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete
||
3312 Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete
)
3315 // This is a C++ method declaration.
3316 NewFD
= CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3318 isStatic
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
);
3320 isVirtualOkay
= !isStatic
;
3322 // Determine whether the function was written with a
3323 // prototype. This true when:
3324 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
3325 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
3326 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
3327 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
3329 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
||
3330 (D
.getNumTypeObjects() && D
.getTypeObject(0).Fun
.hasPrototype
) ||
3331 (!isa
<FunctionType
>(R
.getTypePtr()) && R
->isFunctionProtoType());
3333 NewFD
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
, DC
,
3334 NameInfo
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
,
3338 if (D
.isInvalidType())
3339 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3341 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD
, D
);
3343 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
3344 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
3345 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3346 NewFD
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
3348 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3349 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3350 FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunctionTemplate
= 0;
3351 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
3352 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= false;
3353 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParamLists
.size();
3354 bool Invalid
= false;
3355 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
3356 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3357 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3358 D
.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3359 (TemplateParameterList
**)TemplateParamLists
.get(),
3360 TemplateParamLists
.size(),
3362 isExplicitSpecialization
,
3364 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
3365 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
3367 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
3368 // This is a function template
3370 // Check that we can declare a template here.
3371 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S
, TemplateParams
))
3374 FunctionTemplate
= FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context
, DC
,
3375 NewFD
->getLocation(),
3376 Name
, TemplateParams
,
3378 FunctionTemplate
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
3379 NewFD
->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate
);
3381 // This is a function template specialization.
3382 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3384 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
3385 if (isFriend
&& isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3386 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
3387 SourceRange RemoveRange
= TemplateParams
->getSourceRange();
3389 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
3390 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
3391 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
3392 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
3393 // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
3394 SourceLocation InsertLoc
;
3395 if (D
.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
) {
3396 InsertLoc
= D
.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
3397 InsertLoc
= PP
.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc
);
3400 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend
)
3401 << Name
<< RemoveRange
3402 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange
)
3403 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc
, "<>");
3408 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0 && D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3409 NewFD
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
3410 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
3411 (TemplateParameterList
**)TemplateParamLists
.release());
3415 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3416 if (FunctionTemplate
)
3417 FunctionTemplate
->setInvalidDecl();
3420 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
3421 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
3422 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
3423 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
3425 if (isVirtual
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3426 if (!isVirtualOkay
) {
3427 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3428 diag::err_virtual_non_function
);
3429 } else if (!CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3430 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
3431 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class
)
3432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
3434 // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
3435 NewFD
->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
3439 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
3440 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.
3441 if (isInline
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
3442 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3443 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
3444 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3445 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope
) << Name
3446 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
3450 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
3451 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
3452 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
3454 if (isExplicit
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3455 if (!CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3456 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
3457 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3458 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class
)
3459 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3460 } else if (!isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(NewFD
) &&
3461 !isa
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3462 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
3463 // or conversion function.
3464 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3465 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function
)
3466 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3470 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
3471 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, NewFD
->hasLinkage());
3474 // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared.
3475 assert((DC
->isFileContext() || !Previous
.empty()) &&
3476 "previously-undeclared friend function being created "
3477 "in a non-namespace context");
3479 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
3480 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3481 FunctionTemplate
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3482 FunctionTemplate
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3484 NewFD
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3485 NewFD
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3488 if (SC
== SC_Static
&& isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
) &&
3489 !CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3490 // C++ [class.static]p1:
3491 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static
3492 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
3495 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
3496 // member function definition.
3497 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3498 diag::err_static_out_of_line
)
3499 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3502 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
3503 if (Expr
*E
= (Expr
*) D
.getAsmLabel()) {
3504 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
3505 StringLiteral
*SE
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(E
);
3506 NewFD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) AsmLabelAttr(SE
->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context
,
3510 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
3511 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
3512 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
3513 if (D
.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) {
3514 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo
&FTI
= D
.getTypeObject(0).Fun
;
3516 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
3517 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
3518 // single void argument.
3519 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
3520 // already checks for that case.
3521 if (FTI
.NumArgs
== 1 && !FTI
.isVariadic
&& FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Ident
== 0 &&
3522 FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
&&
3523 cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
3524 // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
3525 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
);
3527 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
3528 // typedef of void is not permitted.
3529 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
3530 Param
->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context
.VoidTy
)
3531 Diag(Param
->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void
);
3532 // FIXME: Leaks decl?
3533 } else if (FTI
.NumArgs
> 0 && FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
!= 0) {
3534 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= FTI
.NumArgs
; i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3535 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
);
3536 assert(Param
->getDeclContext() != NewFD
&& "Was set before ?");
3537 Param
->setDeclContext(NewFD
);
3538 Params
.push_back(Param
);
3540 if (Param
->isInvalidDecl())
3541 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3545 } else if (const FunctionProtoType
*FT
= R
->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()) {
3546 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
3547 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
3548 // parameters for use in the declaration.
3551 // typedef void fn(int);
3555 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
3556 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI
= FT
->arg_type_begin(),
3557 AE
= FT
->arg_type_end(); AI
!= AE
; ++AI
) {
3558 ParmVarDecl
*Param
=
3559 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI
);
3560 Params
.push_back(Param
);
3563 assert(R
->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD
->getNumParams() == 0 &&
3564 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
3566 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
3567 NewFD
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
3569 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
3570 // argument list into our AST format.
3571 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= false;
3572 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs
;
3573 if (D
.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
) {
3574 TemplateIdAnnotation
*TemplateId
= D
.getName().TemplateId
;
3575 TemplateArgs
.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId
->LAngleLoc
);
3576 TemplateArgs
.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId
->RAngleLoc
);
3577 ASTTemplateArgsPtr
TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
3578 TemplateId
->getTemplateArgs(),
3579 TemplateId
->NumArgs
);
3580 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr
,
3582 TemplateArgsPtr
.release();
3584 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= true;
3586 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3587 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template
3589 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= false;
3590 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&&
3591 !D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3592 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
3593 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
3594 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
3595 // too few of them).
3596 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header
)
3597 << SourceRange(TemplateId
->LAngleLoc
, TemplateId
->RAngleLoc
)
3598 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3599 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3601 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3603 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
3604 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3606 } else if (isFriend
&& isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3607 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
3608 // wrote something like:
3609 // template <> friend void foo(int);
3610 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
3611 // friend void foo<>(int);
3612 // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
3613 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= true;
3614 TemplateArgs
.setLAngleLoc(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3615 TemplateArgs
.setRAngleLoc(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3618 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
3619 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
3620 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
3621 // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
3622 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&& isFriend
&&
3623 (NewFD
->getType()->isDependentType() || DC
->isDependentContext())) {
3624 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs
&&
3625 "friend function specialization without template args");
3626 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD
, TemplateArgs
,
3628 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3629 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3630 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD
,
3631 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs
? &TemplateArgs
: 0),
3633 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3634 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3635 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD
, Previous
))
3636 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3639 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
3640 bool OverloadableAttrRequired
= false; // FIXME: HACK!
3641 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S
, NewFD
, Previous
, isExplicitSpecialization
,
3642 Redeclaration
, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired
);
3644 assert((NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration
||
3645 Previous
.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
) &&
3646 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
3648 NamedDecl
*PrincipalDecl
= (FunctionTemplate
3649 ? cast
<NamedDecl
>(FunctionTemplate
)
3652 if (isFriend
&& Redeclaration
) {
3653 AccessSpecifier Access
= AS_public
;
3654 if (!NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
3655 Access
= NewFD
->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
3657 NewFD
->setAccess(Access
);
3658 if (FunctionTemplate
) FunctionTemplate
->setAccess(Access
);
3660 PrincipalDecl
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
3663 if (NewFD
->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC
->isRecord() &&
3664 PrincipalDecl
->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary
))
3665 PrincipalDecl
->setNonMemberOperator();
3667 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
3668 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
3669 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3670 FunctionTemplateDecl
*PrevTemplate
= FunctionTemplate
->getPreviousDeclaration();
3671 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate
->getTemplateParameters(),
3672 PrevTemplate
? PrevTemplate
->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
3673 D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate
3674 : TPC_FunctionTemplate
);
3677 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3678 if (isFriend
|| !CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3679 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
3680 if (!Redeclaration
&& isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(NewFD
->getDeclContext()))
3681 NewFD
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3683 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
3684 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3685 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
3686 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
3687 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension
3688 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them.
3689 if (!IsFunctionDefinition
&& !isFriend
&&
3690 !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&& !isExplicitSpecialization
) {
3691 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration
)
3692 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3694 if (!Redeclaration
&& !(isFriend
&& CurContext
->isDependentContext())) {
3695 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
3696 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
3697 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
3698 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
3704 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
3706 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
3707 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
3708 // whether the parameter types are references).
3709 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match
)
3710 << Name
<< DC
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3711 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3713 LookupResult
Prev(*this, Name
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName
,
3715 LookupQualifiedName(Prev
, DC
);
3716 assert(!Prev
.isAmbiguous() &&
3717 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
3718 for (LookupResult::iterator Func
= Prev
.begin(), FuncEnd
= Prev
.end();
3719 Func
!= FuncEnd
; ++Func
) {
3720 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(*Func
) &&
3721 isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context
, cast
<FunctionDecl
>(*Func
), NewFD
))
3722 Diag((*Func
)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match
);
3726 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class definition:
3731 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
)
3732 << Name
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
3736 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
3737 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
3738 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
3739 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
3740 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewFD
, D
);
3742 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
3743 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
3744 if (Redeclaration
&& Previous
.isSingleResult()) {
3745 const FunctionDecl
*Def
;
3746 FunctionDecl
*PrevFD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
3747 if (PrevFD
&& PrevFD
->hasBody(Def
) && D
.hasAttributes()) {
3748 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition
);
3749 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
3753 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD
);
3755 if (OverloadableAttrRequired
&& !NewFD
->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>()) {
3756 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
3757 // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
3758 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing
)
3759 << Redeclaration
<< NewFD
;
3760 if (!Previous
.empty())
3761 Diag(Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3762 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload
);
3763 NewFD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context
));
3766 if (NewFD
->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>() &&
3767 !NewFD
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()) {
3768 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(),
3769 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype
)
3772 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
3773 const FunctionType
*FT
= NewFD
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
3774 QualType R
= Context
.getFunctionType(FT
->getResultType(),
3775 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
3780 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
3781 // member, set the visibility of this function.
3782 if (NewFD
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
&& !DC
->isRecord())
3783 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD
);
3785 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
3786 // map of such names.
3787 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD
->isExternC()
3788 && !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
3789 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD
, Previous
, S
);
3791 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
3792 NewFD
->setLocEnd(D
.getSourceRange().getEnd());
3794 if (FunctionTemplate
&& NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
3795 FunctionTemplate
->setInvalidDecl();
3797 if (FunctionTemplate
)
3798 return FunctionTemplate
;
3800 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD
);
3805 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
3807 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
3808 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
3809 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
3810 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
3811 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
3812 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
3813 /// via InstantiateDecl).
3815 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
3816 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
3818 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
3819 void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope
*S
, FunctionDecl
*NewFD
,
3820 LookupResult
&Previous
,
3821 bool IsExplicitSpecialization
,
3822 bool &Redeclaration
,
3823 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired
) {
3824 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking.
3825 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3826 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
3827 // This avoids some consistency errors later.
3828 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
))
3829 cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
3834 if (NewFD
->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
3835 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
3836 // because all functions have linkage.
3837 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl
);
3838 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3841 if (NewFD
->isMain())
3844 // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
3845 if (Previous
.empty() && NewFD
->isExternC()) {
3846 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
3847 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
3848 // declaration with the same name.
3849 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
3850 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(NewFD
->getDeclName());
3851 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end())
3852 Previous
.addDecl(Pos
->second
);
3855 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
3856 // the same name, if appropriate.
3857 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
3858 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
3859 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
3860 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
3861 // function to the scope.
3863 NamedDecl
*OldDecl
= 0;
3864 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous
, Context
)) {
3865 Redeclaration
= true;
3866 OldDecl
= Previous
.getFoundDecl();
3868 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
3869 OverloadableAttrRequired
= true;
3871 switch (CheckOverload(S
, NewFD
, Previous
, OldDecl
,
3872 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
3874 Redeclaration
= true;
3877 case Ovl_NonFunction
:
3878 Redeclaration
= true;
3882 Redeclaration
= false;
3887 if (Redeclaration
) {
3888 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
3890 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD
, OldDecl
))
3891 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3894 Previous
.addDecl(OldDecl
);
3896 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*OldTemplateDecl
3897 = dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(OldDecl
)) {
3898 NewFD
->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl
->getTemplatedDecl());
3899 FunctionTemplateDecl
*NewTemplateDecl
3900 = NewFD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
3901 assert(NewTemplateDecl
&& "Template/non-template mismatch");
3902 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
3903 = dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewTemplateDecl
->getTemplatedDecl())) {
3904 Method
->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl
->getAccess());
3905 NewTemplateDecl
->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl
->getAccess());
3908 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
3909 // template, mark it as a member specialization.
3910 if (IsExplicitSpecialization
&&
3911 NewTemplateDecl
->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
3912 NewTemplateDecl
->setMemberSpecialization();
3913 assert(OldTemplateDecl
->isMemberSpecialization());
3916 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
3917 NewFD
->setAccess(OldDecl
->getAccess());
3918 NewFD
->setPreviousDeclaration(cast
<FunctionDecl
>(OldDecl
));
3923 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
3924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
3925 // C++-specific checks.
3926 if (CXXConstructorDecl
*Constructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3927 CheckConstructor(Constructor
);
3928 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl
*Destructor
=
3929 dyn_cast
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3930 CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= Destructor
->getParent();
3931 QualType ClassType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
);
3933 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
3934 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
3935 if (!ClassType
->isDependentType()) {
3936 DeclarationName Name
3937 = Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(
3938 Context
.getCanonicalType(ClassType
));
3939 // NewFD->getDeclName().dump();
3941 if (NewFD
->getDeclName() != Name
) {
3942 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name
);
3943 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3946 } else if (CXXConversionDecl
*Conversion
3947 = dyn_cast
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3948 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion
);
3951 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
3952 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3953 if (!Method
->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3954 !Method
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
3955 AddOverriddenMethods(Method
->getParent(), Method
);
3958 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
3959 if (NewFD
->isOverloadedOperator() &&
3960 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD
))
3961 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3963 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
3964 if (NewFD
->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
3965 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD
))
3966 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3968 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
3969 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
3970 // during delayed parsing anyway.
3971 if (!CurContext
->isRecord())
3972 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD
);
3976 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl
* FD
) {
3977 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline
3978 // or static is ill-formed.
3979 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
3980 // shall not appear in a declaration of main.
3981 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
3982 bool isInline
= FD
->isInlineSpecified();
3983 bool isStatic
= FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
;
3984 if (isInline
|| isStatic
) {
3985 unsigned diagID
= diag::warn_unusual_main_decl
;
3986 if (isInline
|| getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
3987 diagID
= diag::err_unusual_main_decl
;
3989 int which
= isStatic
+ (isInline
<< 1) - 1;
3990 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diagID
) << which
;
3993 QualType T
= FD
->getType();
3994 assert(T
->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
3995 const FunctionType
* FT
= T
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
3997 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT
->getResultType(), Context
.IntTy
)) {
3998 TypeSourceInfo
*TSI
= FD
->getTypeSourceInfo();
3999 TypeLoc TL
= TSI
->getTypeLoc();
4000 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder
& D
= Diag(FD
->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4001 diag::err_main_returns_nonint
);
4002 if (FunctionTypeLoc
* PTL
= dyn_cast
<FunctionTypeLoc
>(&TL
)) {
4003 D
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL
->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(),
4006 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4009 // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
4010 if (isa
<FunctionNoProtoType
>(FT
)) return;
4012 const FunctionProtoType
* FTP
= cast
<const FunctionProtoType
>(FT
);
4013 unsigned nparams
= FTP
->getNumArgs();
4014 assert(FD
->getNumParams() == nparams
);
4016 bool HasExtraParameters
= (nparams
> 3);
4018 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
4019 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
4022 Context
.Target
.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin
)
4023 HasExtraParameters
= false;
4025 if (HasExtraParameters
) {
4026 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args
) << nparams
;
4027 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4031 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
4032 // if we had some location information about types.
4035 Context
.getPointerType(Context
.getPointerType(Context
.CharTy
));
4036 QualType Expected
[] = { Context
.IntTy
, CharPP
, CharPP
, CharPP
};
4038 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
< nparams
; ++i
) {
4039 QualType AT
= FTP
->getArgType(i
);
4041 bool mismatch
= true;
4043 if (Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT
, Expected
[i
]))
4045 else if (Expected
[i
] == CharPP
) {
4046 // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
4048 // char const * const *
4051 QualifierCollector qs
;
4052 const PointerType
* PT
;
4053 if ((PT
= qs
.strip(AT
)->getAs
<PointerType
>()) &&
4054 (PT
= qs
.strip(PT
->getPointeeType())->getAs
<PointerType
>()) &&
4055 (QualType(qs
.strip(PT
->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context
.CharTy
)) {
4057 mismatch
= !qs
.empty();
4062 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong
) << i
<< Expected
[i
];
4063 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
4064 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4068 if (nparams
== 1 && !FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4069 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg
);
4073 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr
*Init
, QualType DclT
) {
4074 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
4075 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
4076 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
4077 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
4078 // expressions. Everything else falls under the
4079 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
4080 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
4081 // rules there don't matter.)
4082 if (Init
->isConstantInitializer(Context
, false))
4084 Diag(Init
->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant
)
4085 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4089 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl
*dcl
, Expr
*init
) {
4090 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl
, init
, /*DirectInit=*/false);
4093 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
4094 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
4095 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
4096 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl
*RealDecl
, Expr
*Init
, bool DirectInit
) {
4097 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
4102 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(RealDecl
)) {
4103 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
4104 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
4105 // Thus this grotesque test.
4107 if ((IL
= dyn_cast
<IntegerLiteral
>(Init
)) && IL
->getValue() == 0 &&
4108 Context
.getCanonicalType(IL
->getType()) == Context
.IntTy
)
4109 CheckPureMethod(Method
, Init
->getSourceRange());
4111 Diag(Method
->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization
)
4112 << Method
->getDeclName() << Init
->getSourceRange();
4113 Method
->setInvalidDecl();
4118 VarDecl
*VDecl
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(RealDecl
);
4120 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
4121 RealDecl
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4122 isa
<NamedDecl
>(RealDecl
))
4123 Diag(RealDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization
);
4125 Diag(RealDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer
);
4126 RealDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4132 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
4133 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
4134 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
4135 QualType BaseDeclType
= VDecl
->getType();
4136 if (const ArrayType
*Array
= Context
.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType
))
4137 BaseDeclType
= Array
->getElementType();
4138 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl
->getLocation(), BaseDeclType
,
4139 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4140 RealDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4144 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4145 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl
->getLocation(), VDecl
->getType(),
4146 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4147 AbstractVariableType
))
4148 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4151 if ((Def
= VDecl
->getDefinition()) && Def
!= VDecl
) {
4152 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
4153 << VDecl
->getDeclName();
4154 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4155 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4159 // C++ [class.static.data]p4
4160 // If a static data member is of const integral or const
4161 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
4162 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
4163 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
4164 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
4165 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
4166 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
4168 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
4169 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
4170 // declaration with an initializer.
4171 const VarDecl
* PrevInit
= 0;
4172 if (VDecl
->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl
->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit
)) {
4173 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << VDecl
->getDeclName();
4174 Diag(PrevInit
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4178 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& VDecl
->hasLocalStorage())
4179 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4181 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
4183 InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl
);
4185 // FIXME: Poor source location information.
4186 InitializationKind Kind
4187 = DirectInit
? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl
->getLocation(),
4188 Init
->getLocStart(),
4190 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl
->getLocation(),
4191 Init
->getLocStart());
4193 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
4194 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
4195 QualType DclT
= VDecl
->getType(), SavT
= DclT
;
4196 if (VDecl
->isBlockVarDecl()) {
4197 if (VDecl
->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
4198 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init
);
4199 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4200 } else if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4201 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4202 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4203 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4205 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4206 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4210 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4212 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4213 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4214 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4215 if (VDecl
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) // C99 6.7.8p4.
4216 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init
, DclT
);
4219 } else if (VDecl
->isStaticDataMember() &&
4220 VDecl
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4221 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
4224 // static const int value = 17;
4227 // Try to perform the initialization regardless.
4228 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4229 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4230 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4231 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4233 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4234 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4238 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4241 // C++ [class.mem]p4:
4242 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
4243 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
4244 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
4245 QualType T
= VDecl
->getType();
4247 // Do nothing on dependent types.
4248 if (T
->isDependentType()) {
4250 // Require constness.
4251 } else if (!T
.isConstQualified()) {
4252 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const
)
4253 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4254 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4256 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
4257 } else if (T
->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
4258 if (!Init
->isValueDependent()) {
4259 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
4262 if (!Init
->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value
, Context
, &Loc
)) {
4263 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant
)
4264 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4265 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4269 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and
4270 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really
4273 bool Allowed
= false;
4274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
) {
4275 Allowed
= T
->isLiteralType();
4276 } else if (T
->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
4277 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type
)
4278 << T
<< Init
->getSourceRange();
4283 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type
)
4284 << T
<< Init
->getSourceRange();
4285 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4287 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't.
4288 } else if (!Init
->isValueDependent() &&
4289 !Init
->isConstantInitializer(Context
, false)) {
4290 Diag(Init
->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant
)
4291 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4292 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4295 } else if (VDecl
->isFileVarDecl()) {
4296 if (VDecl
->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern
&&
4297 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
||
4298 !Context
.getBaseElementType(VDecl
->getType()).isConstQualified()))
4299 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init
);
4300 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4301 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4302 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4303 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4305 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4306 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4310 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4313 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4314 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4315 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4316 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
4317 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init
, DclT
);
4320 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
4321 // completed by the initializer. For example:
4322 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
4323 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
4324 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT
!= SavT
)) {
4325 VDecl
->setType(DclT
);
4326 Init
->setType(DclT
);
4329 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
4330 CheckImplicitConversions(Init
, VDecl
->getLocation());
4332 Init
= MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init
);
4333 // Attach the initializer to the decl.
4334 VDecl
->setInit(Init
);
4336 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
4337 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4338 !VDecl
->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
4339 VDecl
->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl
->isStaticLocal() &&
4340 !Init
->isConstantInitializer(Context
,
4341 VDecl
->getType()->isReferenceType()))
4342 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor
)
4343 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4345 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary.
4346 QualType InitType
= VDecl
->getType();
4347 while (const ArrayType
*Array
= Context
.getAsArrayType(InitType
))
4348 InitType
= Context
.getBaseElementType(Array
);
4349 if (const RecordType
*Record
= InitType
->getAs
<RecordType
>())
4350 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl
, Record
);
4356 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
4357 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
4359 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl
*D
) {
4360 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
4361 // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
4362 if (!D
|| D
->isInvalidDecl()) return;
4364 VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
);
4367 QualType Ty
= VD
->getType();
4368 if (Ty
->isDependentType()) return;
4370 // Require a complete type.
4371 if (RequireCompleteType(VD
->getLocation(),
4372 Context
.getBaseElementType(Ty
),
4373 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4374 VD
->setInvalidDecl();
4378 // Require an abstract type.
4379 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD
->getLocation(), Ty
,
4380 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4381 AbstractVariableType
)) {
4382 VD
->setInvalidDecl();
4386 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
4390 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl
*RealDecl
,
4391 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto
) {
4392 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
4396 if (VarDecl
*Var
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(RealDecl
)) {
4397 QualType Type
= Var
->getType();
4399 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
4400 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto
) {
4401 Diag(Var
->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init
)
4402 << Var
->getDeclName() << Type
;
4403 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4407 switch (Var
->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4408 case VarDecl::Definition
:
4409 if (!Var
->isStaticDataMember() || !Var
->getAnyInitializer())
4412 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
4413 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
4418 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly
:
4419 // It's only a declaration.
4421 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
4422 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
4423 // object shall be complete.
4424 if (!Type
->isDependentType() && Var
->isBlockVarDecl() &&
4425 !Var
->getLinkage() && !Var
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4426 RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4427 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
))
4428 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4430 // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
4431 if (!Type
->isDependentType() && !Var
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4432 RequireNonAbstractType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4433 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4434 AbstractVariableType
))
4435 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4438 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
:
4439 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
4440 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
4441 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
4442 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
4443 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
4444 if (!Var
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4445 if (const IncompleteArrayType
*ArrayT
4446 = Context
.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type
)) {
4447 if (RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(),
4448 ArrayT
->getElementType(),
4449 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type
))
4450 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4451 } else if (Var
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) {
4452 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
4453 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
4454 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
4455 // NOTE: code such as the following
4457 // struct s { int a; };
4458 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
4459 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
4460 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
4461 if (Var
->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
4462 RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4463 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
);
4467 // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
4468 if (!Var
->isInvalidDecl())
4469 TentativeDefinitions
.push_back(Var
);
4473 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4474 // definitions with incomplete array type.
4475 if (Type
->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4476 Diag(Var
->getLocation(),
4477 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer
);
4478 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4482 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4483 // definitions with reference type.
4484 if (Type
->isReferenceType()) {
4485 Diag(Var
->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init
)
4486 << Var
->getDeclName()
4487 << SourceRange(Var
->getLocation(), Var
->getLocation());
4488 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4492 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
4493 // variable with dependent type.
4494 if (Type
->isDependentType())
4497 if (Var
->isInvalidDecl())
4500 if (RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(),
4501 Context
.getBaseElementType(Type
),
4502 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4503 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4507 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4508 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4509 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4510 AbstractVariableType
)) {
4511 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4515 const RecordType
*Record
4516 = Context
.getBaseElementType(Type
)->getAs
<RecordType
>();
4517 if (Record
&& getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
&&
4518 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Record
->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
4519 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
4520 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
4521 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
4522 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
4523 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
4524 // type shall have a user-declared default
4525 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
4526 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
4527 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
4528 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
4529 // program is ill-formed.
4530 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this.
4532 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
4533 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
4534 // storage duration", not a "local variable".
4535 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& Var
->hasLocalStorage())
4536 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4538 InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var
);
4539 InitializationKind Kind
4540 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var
->getLocation());
4542 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, 0, 0);
4543 ExprResult Init
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4544 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
4545 if (Init
.isInvalid())
4546 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4547 else if (Init
.get()) {
4548 Var
->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init
.takeAs
<Expr
>()));
4550 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !Var
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4551 Var
->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var
->isStaticLocal() &&
4552 !Var
->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
4553 !Var
->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context
, false))
4554 Diag(Var
->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor
);
4558 if (!Var
->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& Record
)
4559 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var
, Record
);
4563 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
4564 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope
*S
, const DeclSpec
&DS
,
4565 Decl
**Group
, unsigned NumDecls
) {
4566 llvm::SmallVector
<Decl
*, 8> Decls
;
4568 if (DS
.isTypeSpecOwned())
4569 Decls
.push_back(DS
.getRepAsDecl());
4571 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumDecls
; ++i
)
4572 if (Decl
*D
= Group
[i
])
4575 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context
,
4576 Decls
.data(), Decls
.size()));
4580 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
4581 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
4582 Decl
*Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
) {
4583 const DeclSpec
&DS
= D
.getDeclSpec();
4585 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
4586 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass
= SC_None
;
4587 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten
= SC_None
;
4588 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register
) {
4589 StorageClass
= SC_Register
;
4590 StorageClassAsWritten
= SC_Register
;
4591 } else if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
) {
4592 Diag(DS
.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4593 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl
);
4594 D
.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
4597 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4598 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
4600 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
4602 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
4603 // parameter (C++ only).
4604 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
4605 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
4607 TagDecl
*OwnedDecl
= 0;
4608 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
, &OwnedDecl
);
4609 QualType parmDeclType
= TInfo
->getType();
4611 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& OwnedDecl
&& OwnedDecl
->isDefinition()) {
4613 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
4614 Diag(OwnedDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type
)
4615 << Context
.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl
);
4618 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
4619 IdentifierInfo
*II
= D
.getIdentifier();
4621 LookupResult
R(*this, II
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName
,
4624 if (R
.isSingleResult()) {
4625 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= R
.getFoundDecl();
4626 if (PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
4627 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4628 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl
);
4629 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4631 } else if (S
->isDeclScope(PrevDecl
)) {
4632 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition
) << II
;
4633 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
4635 // Recover by removing the name
4637 D
.SetIdentifier(0, D
.getIdentifierLoc());
4638 D
.setInvalidType(true);
4643 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
4644 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
4645 // looking like class members in C++.
4646 ParmVarDecl
*New
= CheckParameter(Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
4647 TInfo
, parmDeclType
, II
,
4648 D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
4649 StorageClass
, StorageClassAsWritten
);
4651 if (D
.isInvalidType())
4652 New
->setInvalidDecl();
4654 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4655 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4656 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator
)
4657 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4658 New
->setInvalidDecl();
4661 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
4664 IdResolver
.AddDecl(New
);
4666 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, New
, D
);
4668 if (New
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
4669 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal
);
4674 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
4676 ParmVarDecl
*Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext
*DC
,
4679 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, Loc
, 0,
4680 T
, Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
, Loc
),
4681 SC_None
, SC_None
, 0);
4682 Param
->setImplicit();
4686 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl
* const *Param
,
4687 ParmVarDecl
* const *ParamEnd
) {
4688 if (Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter
) ==
4689 Diagnostic::Ignored
)
4692 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
4693 // will already have done so in the template itself.
4694 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations
.empty())
4697 for (; Param
!= ParamEnd
; ++Param
) {
4698 if (!(*Param
)->isUsed() && (*Param
)->getDeclName() &&
4699 !(*Param
)->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>()) {
4700 Diag((*Param
)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter
)
4701 << (*Param
)->getDeclName();
4706 ParmVarDecl
*Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext
*DC
,
4707 TypeSourceInfo
*TSInfo
, QualType T
,
4708 IdentifierInfo
*Name
,
4709 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
4710 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass
,
4711 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten
) {
4712 ParmVarDecl
*New
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, NameLoc
, Name
,
4713 adjustParameterType(T
), TSInfo
,
4714 StorageClass
, StorageClassAsWritten
,
4717 // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
4718 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
4719 // the class has been completely parsed.
4720 if (!CurContext
->isRecord() &&
4721 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc
, T
, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4723 New
->setInvalidDecl();
4725 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
4726 // passed by reference.
4727 if (T
->isObjCObjectType()) {
4729 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value
) << 1 << T
;
4730 New
->setInvalidDecl();
4733 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
4734 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
4735 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
4736 // an address space.
4737 if (T
.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4738 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_arg_with_address_space
);
4739 New
->setInvalidDecl();
4745 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
,
4746 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls
) {
4747 assert(D
.getTypeObject(0).Kind
== DeclaratorChunk::Function
&&
4748 "Not a function declarator!");
4749 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo
&FTI
= D
.getTypeObject(0).Fun
;
4751 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
4752 // for a K&R function.
4753 if (!FTI
.hasPrototype
) {
4754 for (int i
= FTI
.NumArgs
; i
!= 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
4756 if (FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
== 0) {
4757 llvm::SmallString
<256> Code
;
4758 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code
) << " int "
4759 << FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
->getName()
4761 Diag(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
, diag::ext_param_not_declared
)
4762 << FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
4763 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls
, Code
.str());
4765 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
4768 const char* PrevSpec
; // unused
4769 unsigned DiagID
; // unused
4770 DS
.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int
, FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
,
4772 Declarator
ParamD(DS
, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext
);
4773 ParamD
.SetIdentifier(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
, FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
);
4774 FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
= ActOnParamDeclarator(S
, ParamD
);
4780 Decl
*Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope
*FnBodyScope
,
4782 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
4783 assert(D
.getTypeObject(0).Kind
== DeclaratorChunk::Function
&&
4784 "Not a function declarator!");
4785 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo
&FTI
= D
.getTypeObject(0).Fun
;
4787 if (FTI
.hasPrototype
) {
4788 // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C.
4791 Scope
*ParentScope
= FnBodyScope
->getParent();
4793 Decl
*DP
= HandleDeclarator(ParentScope
, D
,
4794 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
4795 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
4796 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope
, DP
);
4799 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl
*FD
) {
4800 // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
4801 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
4804 // Or declarations that aren't global.
4805 if (!FD
->isGlobal())
4808 // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
4809 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(FD
))
4812 // Don't warn about 'main'.
4816 // Don't warn about inline functions.
4817 if (FD
->isInlineSpecified())
4820 // Don't warn about function templates.
4821 if (FD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
4824 // Don't warn about function template specializations.
4825 if (FD
->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
4828 bool MissingPrototype
= true;
4829 for (const FunctionDecl
*Prev
= FD
->getPreviousDeclaration();
4830 Prev
; Prev
= Prev
->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
4831 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
4832 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
4833 if (Prev
->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4836 MissingPrototype
= !Prev
->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
4840 return MissingPrototype
;
4843 Decl
*Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope
*FnBodyScope
, Decl
*D
) {
4844 // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
4845 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext
= ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
4849 FunctionDecl
*FD
= 0;
4851 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunTmpl
= dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(D
))
4852 FD
= FunTmpl
->getTemplatedDecl();
4854 FD
= cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
);
4856 // Enter a new function scope
4857 PushFunctionScope();
4859 // See if this is a redefinition.
4860 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
4861 // was an extern inline function.
4862 const FunctionDecl
*Definition
;
4863 if (FD
->hasBody(Definition
) &&
4864 !canRedefineFunction(Definition
, getLangOptions())) {
4865 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode
&& Definition
->isInlineSpecified() &&
4866 Definition
->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern
)
4867 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline
)
4868 << FD
->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
;
4870 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << FD
->getDeclName();
4871 Diag(Definition
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4874 // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
4875 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= FD
->getBuiltinID()) {
4876 if (!Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID
)) {
4877 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition
) << FD
;
4878 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
4882 // The return type of a function definition must be complete
4883 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
4884 QualType ResultType
= FD
->getResultType();
4885 if (!ResultType
->isDependentType() && !ResultType
->isVoidType() &&
4886 !FD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4887 RequireCompleteType(FD
->getLocation(), ResultType
,
4888 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result
))
4889 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
4891 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
4892 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
4893 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
4894 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
4895 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
4896 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD
))
4897 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype
) << FD
;
4900 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope
, FD
);
4902 // Check the validity of our function parameters
4903 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD
);
4905 bool ShouldCheckShadow
=
4906 Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow
) != Diagnostic::Ignored
;
4908 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
4909 for (unsigned p
= 0, NumParams
= FD
->getNumParams(); p
< NumParams
; ++p
) {
4910 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= FD
->getParamDecl(p
);
4911 Param
->setOwningFunction(FD
);
4913 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4914 if (Param
->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope
) {
4915 if (ShouldCheckShadow
)
4916 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope
, Param
);
4918 PushOnScopeChains(Param
, FnBodyScope
);
4922 // Checking attributes of current function definition
4923 // dllimport attribute.
4924 DLLImportAttr
*DA
= FD
->getAttr
<DLLImportAttr
>();
4925 if (DA
&& (!FD
->getAttr
<DLLExportAttr
>())) {
4926 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
4927 if (!DA
->isInherited()) {
4928 Diag(FD
->getLocation(),
4929 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration
)
4931 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
4935 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
4936 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
4937 if (!LangOpts
.Microsoft
) {
4938 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
4939 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
4941 Diag(FD
->getLocation(),
4942 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored
)
4943 << FD
->getName() << "dllimport";
4949 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
4950 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
4953 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
4954 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
4955 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
4956 /// use the named return value optimization.
4958 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
4959 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
4960 /// the NRVO variable.
4962 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
4963 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
4964 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
4965 static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt
*Body
, FunctionScopeInfo
*Scope
) {
4966 ReturnStmt
**Returns
= Scope
->Returns
.data();
4968 const VarDecl
*NRVOCandidate
= 0;
4969 for (unsigned I
= 0, E
= Scope
->Returns
.size(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
4970 if (!Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate())
4974 NRVOCandidate
= Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate();
4975 else if (NRVOCandidate
!= Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate())
4980 const_cast<VarDecl
*>(NRVOCandidate
)->setNRVOVariable(true);
4983 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl
*D
, Stmt
*BodyArg
) {
4984 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D
, move(BodyArg
), false);
4987 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl
*dcl
, Stmt
*Body
,
4988 bool IsInstantiation
) {
4989 FunctionDecl
*FD
= 0;
4990 FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunTmpl
= dyn_cast_or_null
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(dcl
);
4992 FD
= FunTmpl
->getTemplatedDecl();
4994 FD
= dyn_cast_or_null
<FunctionDecl
>(dcl
);
4996 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP
= AnalysisWarnings
.getDefaultPolicy();
5001 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
5002 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
5003 FD
->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
5004 WP
.disableCheckFallThrough();
5007 if (!FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
5008 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD
->param_begin(), FD
->param_end());
5010 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
5011 if (CXXConstructorDecl
*Constructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(FD
))
5012 MarkVTableUsed(FD
->getLocation(), Constructor
->getParent());
5014 ComputeNRVO(Body
, getCurFunction());
5017 assert(FD
== getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
5018 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast_or_null
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5019 assert(MD
== getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
5021 MD
->setEndLoc(Body
->getLocEnd());
5022 if (!MD
->isInvalidDecl())
5023 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD
->param_begin(), MD
->param_end());
5028 // Verify and clean out per-function state.
5030 // Check goto/label use.
5031 FunctionScopeInfo
*CurFn
= getCurFunction();
5032 for (llvm::DenseMap
<IdentifierInfo
*, LabelStmt
*>::iterator
5033 I
= CurFn
->LabelMap
.begin(), E
= CurFn
->LabelMap
.end(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
5034 LabelStmt
*L
= I
->second
;
5036 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
5037 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
5038 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
5039 if (L
->getSubStmt() != 0) {
5041 Diag(L
->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label
) << L
->getName();
5046 Diag(L
->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use
) << L
->getName();
5048 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into
5049 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well
5052 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly.
5056 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the
5057 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto
5058 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the
5061 // Give the label a sub-statement.
5062 L
->setSubStmt(new (Context
) NullStmt(L
->getIdentLoc()));
5064 CompoundStmt
*Compound
= isa
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
) ?
5065 cast
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
)->getTryBlock() :
5066 cast
<CompoundStmt
>(Body
);
5067 llvm::SmallVector
<Stmt
*, 64> Elements(Compound
->body_begin(),
5068 Compound
->body_end());
5069 Elements
.push_back(L
);
5070 Compound
->setStmts(Context
, Elements
.data(), Elements
.size());
5074 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
5075 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
5077 if (FD
&& isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(FD
) && isa
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
))
5078 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
));
5080 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5081 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5082 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
5083 !dcl
->isInvalidDecl() &&
5084 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
5085 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body
);
5087 if (CXXDestructorDecl
*Destructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5088 if (!Destructor
->getParent()->isDependentType())
5089 CheckDestructor(Destructor
);
5091 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor
->getLocation(),
5092 Destructor
->getParent());
5095 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5096 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5097 // deletion in some later function.
5098 if (PP
.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5099 ExprTemporaries
.clear();
5100 else if (!isa
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5101 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
5103 QualType ResultType
;
5104 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5105 AnalysisWarnings
.IssueWarnings(WP
, FD
);
5107 ObjCMethodDecl
*MD
= cast
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(dcl
);
5108 AnalysisWarnings
.IssueWarnings(WP
, MD
);
5112 assert(ExprTemporaries
.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
5115 if (!IsInstantiation
)
5118 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
5120 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5121 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5122 // deletion in some later function.
5123 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5124 ExprTemporaries
.clear();
5129 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
5130 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
5131 NamedDecl
*Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc
,
5132 IdentifierInfo
&II
, Scope
*S
) {
5133 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
5134 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
5135 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
5136 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
5137 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
5138 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(&II
);
5139 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end()) {
5140 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration
) << Pos
->second
;
5141 Diag(Pos
->second
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
5145 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
5146 if (II
.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
5147 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_builtin_unknown
) << &II
;
5148 else if (getLangOptions().C99
)
5149 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl
) << &II
;
5151 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl
) << &II
;
5153 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
5157 bool Error
= DS
.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int
, Loc
, Dummy
, DiagID
);
5158 Error
= Error
; // Silence warning.
5159 assert(!Error
&& "Error setting up implicit decl!");
5160 Declarator
D(DS
, Declarator::BlockContext
);
5161 D
.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
5162 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(),
5163 false, 0,0,0, Loc
, Loc
, D
),
5165 D
.SetIdentifier(&II
, Loc
);
5167 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
5169 DeclContext
*PrevDC
= CurContext
;
5170 CurContext
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5172 FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope
, D
));
5175 CurContext
= PrevDC
;
5177 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD
);
5182 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
5183 /// the declaration of this function.
5185 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
5186 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
5187 /// like NSLog or printf.
5188 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl
*FD
) {
5189 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
5192 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
5193 // actual attributes.
5194 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= FD
->getBuiltinID()) {
5195 // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
5198 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID
, FormatIdx
, HasVAListArg
)) {
5199 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5200 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5201 "printf", FormatIdx
+1,
5202 HasVAListArg
? 0 : FormatIdx
+2));
5204 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isScanfLike(BuiltinID
, FormatIdx
,
5206 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5207 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5208 "scanf", FormatIdx
+1,
5209 HasVAListArg
? 0 : FormatIdx
+2));
5212 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
5213 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
5214 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
5215 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno
&&
5216 Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID
)) {
5217 if (!FD
->getAttr
<ConstAttr
>())
5218 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) ConstAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5221 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isNoReturn(BuiltinID
))
5222 FD
->setType(Context
.getNoReturnType(FD
->getType()));
5223 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isNoThrow(BuiltinID
))
5224 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) NoThrowAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5225 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isConst(BuiltinID
))
5226 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) ConstAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5229 IdentifierInfo
*Name
= FD
->getIdentifier();
5232 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
5233 FD
->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
5234 (isa
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(FD
->getDeclContext()) &&
5235 cast
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(FD
->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
5236 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c
)) {
5237 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
5242 if (Name
->isStr("NSLog") || Name
->isStr("NSLogv")) {
5243 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
5244 if (const FormatAttr
*Format
= FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>()) {
5245 // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
5246 const_cast<FormatAttr
*>(Format
)->setType(Context
, "printf");
5248 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5250 Name
->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
5251 } else if (Name
->isStr("asprintf") || Name
->isStr("vasprintf")) {
5252 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
5253 // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
5254 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5255 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5257 Name
->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
5261 TypedefDecl
*Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
, QualType T
,
5262 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
) {
5263 assert(D
.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
5264 assert(!T
.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
5267 assert(D
.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
5268 TInfo
= Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
);
5271 // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
5272 TypedefDecl
*NewTD
= TypedefDecl::Create(Context
, CurContext
,
5273 D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
5277 if (const TagType
*TT
= T
->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
5278 TagDecl
*TD
= TT
->getDecl();
5280 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl
5281 // keep track of the TypedefDecl.
5282 if (!TD
->getIdentifier() && !TD
->getTypedefForAnonDecl())
5283 TD
->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD
);
5286 if (D
.isInvalidType())
5287 NewTD
->setInvalidDecl();
5292 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
5293 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
5295 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
5296 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl
*Previous
,
5298 SourceLocation NewTagLoc
,
5299 const IdentifierInfo
&Name
) {
5300 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
5301 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the
5302 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
5303 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
5304 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of
5305 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
5306 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
5307 // definition of the class. Thus, in any
5308 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
5309 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
5310 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
5311 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
5312 // declared using the class or struct class-key.
5313 TagTypeKind OldTag
= Previous
->getTagKind();
5314 if (OldTag
== NewTag
)
5317 if ((OldTag
== TTK_Struct
|| OldTag
== TTK_Class
) &&
5318 (NewTag
== TTK_Struct
|| NewTag
== TTK_Class
)) {
5319 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
5320 bool isTemplate
= false;
5321 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Previous
))
5322 isTemplate
= Record
->getDescribedClassTemplate();
5324 Diag(NewTagLoc
, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch
)
5325 << (NewTag
== TTK_Class
)
5326 << isTemplate
<< &Name
5327 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc
),
5328 OldTag
== TTK_Class
? "class" : "struct");
5329 Diag(Previous
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5335 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
5336 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
5337 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
5338 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
5339 Decl
*Sema::ActOnTag(Scope
*S
, unsigned TagSpec
, TagUseKind TUK
,
5340 SourceLocation KWLoc
, CXXScopeSpec
&SS
,
5341 IdentifierInfo
*Name
, SourceLocation NameLoc
,
5342 AttributeList
*Attr
, AccessSpecifier AS
,
5343 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists
,
5344 bool &OwnedDecl
, bool &IsDependent
, bool ScopedEnum
,
5345 TypeResult UnderlyingType
) {
5346 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
5347 assert((Name
!= 0 || TUK
== TUK_Definition
) &&
5348 "Nameless record must be a definition!");
5351 TagTypeKind Kind
= TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec
);
5353 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
5354 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
5355 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParameterLists
.size();
5356 bool Invalid
= false;
5357 if (TUK
!= TUK_Reference
) {
5358 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
5359 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc
, SS
,
5360 (TemplateParameterList
**)TemplateParameterLists
.get(),
5361 TemplateParameterLists
.size(),
5363 isExplicitSpecialization
,
5365 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
5366 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
5368 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
5369 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
5370 // be a member of another template).
5375 DeclResult Result
= CheckClassTemplate(S
, TagSpec
, TUK
, KWLoc
,
5376 SS
, Name
, NameLoc
, Attr
,
5379 TemplateParameterLists
.release();
5380 return Result
.get();
5382 // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
5383 Diag(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams
)
5384 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind
) << Name
;
5385 isExplicitSpecialization
= true;
5390 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
5391 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
5393 llvm::PointerUnion
<const Type
*, TypeSourceInfo
*> EnumUnderlying
;
5395 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
) {
5396 if (UnderlyingType
.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType
.get() && ScopedEnum
))
5397 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
5398 // type, default to int.
5399 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5400 else if (UnderlyingType
.get()) {
5401 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
5402 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
5403 TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= 0;
5404 QualType T
= GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType
.get(), &TI
);
5405 EnumUnderlying
= TI
;
5407 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc
= TI
->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
5409 if (!T
->isDependentType() && !T
->isIntegralType(Context
)) {
5410 Diag(UnderlyingLoc
, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying
)
5412 // Recover by falling back to int.
5413 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5418 DeclContext
*SearchDC
= CurContext
;
5419 DeclContext
*DC
= CurContext
;
5420 bool isStdBadAlloc
= false;
5422 RedeclarationKind Redecl
= ForRedeclaration
;
5423 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
|| TUK
== TUK_Reference
)
5424 Redecl
= NotForRedeclaration
;
5426 LookupResult
Previous(*this, Name
, NameLoc
, LookupTagName
, Redecl
);
5428 if (Name
&& SS
.isNotEmpty()) {
5429 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
5431 // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
5432 if (SS
.isInvalid()) {
5437 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
5438 // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
5439 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
|| TUK
== TUK_Reference
) {
5440 DC
= computeDeclContext(SS
, false);
5446 DC
= computeDeclContext(SS
, true);
5448 Diag(SS
.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec
)
5454 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS
, DC
))
5458 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
5459 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, DC
);
5461 if (Previous
.isAmbiguous())
5464 if (Previous
.empty()) {
5465 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
5466 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
5467 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
5468 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
5469 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
5470 if (Previous
.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation()) {
5475 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
5476 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope
)
5477 << Kind
<< Name
<< DC
<< SS
.getRange();
5483 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
5484 // declaration or definition.
5485 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
5486 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
5487 // shouldn't be diagnosing.
5488 LookupName(Previous
, S
);
5490 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
5491 if (Previous
.isAmbiguous())
5494 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& TUK
!= TUK_Reference
) {
5495 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
5496 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
5497 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
5498 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
5499 while (isa
<RecordDecl
>(SearchDC
) || isa
<EnumDecl
>(SearchDC
))
5500 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getParent();
5502 } else if (S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
5503 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
5504 // initial context to the translation unit.
5505 SearchDC
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5508 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
5509 Previous
.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5510 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5511 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc
, Previous
.getFoundDecl());
5512 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5516 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& Name
&& DC
&& StdNamespace
&&
5517 DC
->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name
->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
5518 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
5519 isStdBadAlloc
= true;
5521 if (Previous
.empty() && StdBadAlloc
) {
5522 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
5523 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
5524 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
5525 Previous
.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
5529 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
5530 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
5531 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
5532 // there's a shadow friend decl.
5533 if (Name
&& Previous
.empty() &&
5534 (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
)) {
5535 if (Invalid
) goto CreateNewDecl
;
5536 assert(SS
.isEmpty());
5538 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
) {
5539 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
5540 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
5542 // class-key identifier
5544 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
5545 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
5546 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
5547 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
5548 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
5549 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
5550 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
5553 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
5554 // C structs and unions.
5556 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
5557 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
5558 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
5559 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
5561 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
5562 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
5564 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
5565 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
5567 while (SearchDC
->isRecord())
5568 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getParent();
5570 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
5571 while (S
->isClassScope() ||
5572 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
5573 S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
5574 ((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0) ||
5576 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
5579 assert(TUK
== TUK_Friend
);
5580 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
5581 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
5582 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
5583 // the innermost enclosing namespace.
5584 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5587 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
5588 // diagnose some problems.
5589 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
5590 Previous
.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration
);
5591 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, SearchDC
);
5595 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
5596 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= (*Previous
.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5598 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
5599 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
5600 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
5603 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
5604 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
5605 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
5606 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
5607 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
5608 if (TypedefDecl
*TD
= dyn_cast
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
5609 if (const TagType
*TT
= TD
->getUnderlyingType()->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
5610 TagDecl
*Tag
= TT
->getDecl();
5611 if (Tag
->getDeclName() == Name
&&
5612 Tag
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
5613 ->Equals(TD
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
5616 Previous
.addDecl(Tag
);
5617 Previous
.resolveKind();
5623 if (TagDecl
*PrevTagDecl
= dyn_cast
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
5624 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
5625 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
5626 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
5627 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
||
5628 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, SearchDC
, S
)) {
5629 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
5630 // struct or something similar.
5631 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl
, Kind
, KWLoc
, *Name
)) {
5633 = (PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum
&&
5636 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag
)
5638 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc
),
5639 PrevTagDecl
->getKindName());
5641 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag
) << Name
;
5642 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5645 Kind
= PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind();
5647 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
5654 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
&& PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum
) {
5655 const EnumDecl
*PrevEnum
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(PrevTagDecl
);
5657 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
5658 // returning the previous declaration.
5659 if (ScopedEnum
!= PrevEnum
->isScoped()) {
5660 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch
)
5661 << PrevEnum
->isScoped();
5662 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5665 else if (EnumUnderlying
&& PrevEnum
->isFixed()) {
5667 if (TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= EnumUnderlying
.dyn_cast
<TypeSourceInfo
*>())
5670 T
= QualType(EnumUnderlying
.get
<const Type
*>(), 0);
5672 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T
, PrevEnum
->getIntegerType())) {
5673 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch
);
5674 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5678 else if (!EnumUnderlying
.isNull() != PrevEnum
->isFixed()) {
5679 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch
)
5680 << PrevEnum
->isFixed();
5681 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5687 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
5689 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
5690 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
5691 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
5692 // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
5693 if ((TUK
== TUK_Reference
&& !PrevTagDecl
->getFriendObjectKind()) ||
5697 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
5698 if (TUK
== TUK_Definition
) {
5699 if (TagDecl
*Def
= PrevTagDecl
->getDefinition()) {
5700 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
5701 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
5702 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
5703 if (!isExplicitSpecialization
||
5704 !isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Def
) ||
5705 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Def
)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5706 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization
) {
5707 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_redefinition
) << Name
;
5708 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
5709 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
5710 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
5711 // references get the previous definition.
5717 // If the type is currently being defined, complain
5718 // about a nested redefinition.
5719 TagType
*Tag
= cast
<TagType
>(Context
.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl
));
5720 if (Tag
->isBeingDefined()) {
5721 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_nested_redefinition
) << Name
;
5722 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(),
5723 diag::note_previous_definition
);
5730 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
5731 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
5734 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
5735 // have a definition. Just create a new decl.
5738 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
5739 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
5740 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
5741 // have distinct types.
5744 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
5745 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
5746 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
5749 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
5750 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
5751 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
5753 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
);
5755 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
5756 // found the wrong kind of type on the first
5757 // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
5758 if ((TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
) &&
5759 !Previous
.isForRedeclaration()) {
5761 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 1;
5762 else if (isa
<ClassTemplateDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 2;
5763 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag
) << Kind
;
5764 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at
);
5767 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
5768 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, SearchDC
, S
)) {
5771 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
5772 } else if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
) {
5774 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 1;
5775 else if (isa
<ClassTemplateDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 2;
5776 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict
) << Kind
;
5777 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
) << PrevDecl
;
5780 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
5782 } else if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
5783 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef
)
5785 << cast
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)->getUnderlyingType();
5786 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
) << PrevDecl
;
5789 // Otherwise, diagnose.
5791 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
5792 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
5793 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
) << Name
;
5794 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
5799 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
5800 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
5807 TagDecl
*PrevDecl
= 0;
5808 if (Previous
.isSingleResult())
5809 PrevDecl
= cast
<TagDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
5811 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
5812 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
5814 SourceLocation Loc
= NameLoc
.isValid() ? NameLoc
: KWLoc
;
5816 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
5817 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
5821 bool IsForwardReference
= false;
5822 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
) {
5823 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
5824 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
5825 New
= EnumDecl::Create(Context
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
5826 cast_or_null
<EnumDecl
>(PrevDecl
), ScopedEnum
,
5827 !EnumUnderlying
.isNull());
5828 // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
5829 if (TUK
!= TUK_Definition
&& !Invalid
) {
5831 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
&& cast
<EnumDecl
>(New
)->isFixed()) {
5832 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
5833 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
5835 else if (PrevDecl
&& (Def
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(PrevDecl
)->getDefinition())) {
5836 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def
)
5838 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
5840 unsigned DiagID
= diag::ext_forward_ref_enum
;
5841 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
5842 DiagID
= diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum
;
5843 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
5844 DiagID
= diag::err_forward_ref_enum
;
5847 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
5848 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
5849 // the declaration context.
5850 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
)
5851 IsForwardReference
= true;
5855 if (EnumUnderlying
) {
5856 EnumDecl
*ED
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(New
);
5857 if (TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= EnumUnderlying
.dyn_cast
<TypeSourceInfo
*>())
5858 ED
->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI
);
5860 ED
->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying
.get
<const Type
*>(), 0));
5861 ED
->setPromotionType(ED
->getIntegerType());
5865 // struct/union/class
5867 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
5868 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
5869 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
5870 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
5871 New
= CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context
, Kind
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
5872 cast_or_null
<CXXRecordDecl
>(PrevDecl
));
5874 if (isStdBadAlloc
&& (!StdBadAlloc
|| getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
5875 StdBadAlloc
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(New
);
5877 New
= RecordDecl::Create(Context
, Kind
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
5878 cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(PrevDecl
));
5881 // Maybe add qualifier info.
5882 if (SS
.isNotEmpty()) {
5884 NestedNameSpecifier
*NNS
5885 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier
*>(SS
.getScopeRep());
5886 New
->setQualifierInfo(NNS
, SS
.getRange());
5887 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0) {
5888 New
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
5889 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
5890 (TemplateParameterList
**) TemplateParameterLists
.release());
5897 if (RecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(New
)) {
5898 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
5899 // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
5901 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
5902 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
5903 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
5904 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
5905 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
5906 // parsing of the struct).
5907 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD
);
5910 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
5911 // check the specialization.
5912 if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& CheckMemberSpecialization(New
, Previous
))
5916 New
->setInvalidDecl();
5919 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, New
, Attr
);
5921 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
5922 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
5923 if (Name
&& S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
5924 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list
) << Context
.getTagDeclType(New
);
5926 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
5927 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5928 New
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
5930 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
5931 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
)
5932 New
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous
.empty());
5934 // Set the access specifier.
5935 if (!Invalid
&& SearchDC
->isRecord())
5936 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New
, PrevDecl
, AS
);
5938 if (TUK
== TUK_Definition
)
5939 New
->startDefinition();
5941 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5942 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
) {
5943 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
5944 // if so, borrow its access specifier.
5946 New
->setAccess(PrevDecl
->getAccess());
5948 DeclContext
*DC
= New
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5949 DC
->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New
, /* Recoverable = */ false);
5950 if (Name
) // can be null along some error paths
5951 if (Scope
*EnclosingScope
= getScopeForDeclContext(S
, DC
))
5952 PushOnScopeChains(New
, EnclosingScope
, /* AddToContext = */ false);
5954 S
= getNonFieldDeclScope(S
);
5955 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
, !IsForwardReference
);
5956 if (IsForwardReference
)
5957 SearchDC
->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New
, /* Recoverable = */ false);
5960 CurContext
->addDecl(New
);
5963 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
5964 if (IdentifierInfo
*II
= New
->getIdentifier())
5965 if (!New
->isInvalidDecl() &&
5966 New
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5968 Context
.setFILEDecl(New
);
5974 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
) {
5975 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
5976 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
5978 // Enter the tag context.
5979 PushDeclContext(S
, Tag
);
5982 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
5983 SourceLocation LBraceLoc
) {
5984 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
5985 CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(TagD
);
5987 FieldCollector
->StartClass();
5989 if (!Record
->getIdentifier())
5993 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
5994 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
5995 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
5996 // as if it were a public member name.
5997 CXXRecordDecl
*InjectedClassName
5998 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context
, Record
->getTagKind(),
5999 CurContext
, Record
->getLocation(),
6000 Record
->getIdentifier(),
6001 Record
->getTagKeywordLoc(),
6003 InjectedClassName
->setImplicit();
6004 InjectedClassName
->setAccess(AS_public
);
6005 if (ClassTemplateDecl
*Template
= Record
->getDescribedClassTemplate())
6006 InjectedClassName
->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template
);
6007 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName
, S
);
6008 assert(InjectedClassName
->isInjectedClassName() &&
6009 "Broken injected-class-name");
6012 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
6013 SourceLocation RBraceLoc
) {
6014 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6015 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
6016 Tag
->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc
);
6018 if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Tag
))
6019 FieldCollector
->FinishClass();
6021 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
6024 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
6025 Consumer
.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag
);
6028 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
) {
6029 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6030 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
6031 Tag
->setInvalidDecl();
6033 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
6034 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
6035 // the FieldCollector.
6040 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
6041 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc
, IdentifierInfo
*FieldName
,
6042 QualType FieldTy
, const Expr
*BitWidth
,
6044 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
6048 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
6049 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
6050 if (!FieldTy
->isDependentType() && !FieldTy
->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6051 // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
6052 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc
, FieldTy
, diag::err_field_incomplete
))
6055 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield
)
6056 << FieldName
<< FieldTy
<< BitWidth
->getSourceRange();
6057 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield
)
6058 << FieldTy
<< BitWidth
->getSourceRange();
6061 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
6063 if (BitWidth
->isValueDependent() || BitWidth
->isTypeDependent())
6067 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth
, &Value
))
6070 if (Value
!= 0 && ZeroWidth
)
6073 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
6074 if (Value
== 0 && FieldName
)
6075 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width
) << FieldName
;
6077 if (Value
.isSigned() && Value
.isNegative()) {
6079 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width
)
6080 << FieldName
<< Value
.toString(10);
6081 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width
)
6082 << Value
.toString(10);
6085 if (!FieldTy
->isDependentType()) {
6086 uint64_t TypeSize
= Context
.getTypeSize(FieldTy
);
6087 if (Value
.getZExtValue() > TypeSize
) {
6088 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6090 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6091 << FieldName
<< (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue()
6092 << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6094 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6095 << (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6099 Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6100 << FieldName
<< (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue()
6101 << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6103 Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6104 << (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6111 /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
6112 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
6113 Decl
*Sema::ActOnField(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
6114 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6115 Declarator
&D
, ExprTy
*BitfieldWidth
) {
6116 FieldDecl
*Res
= HandleField(S
, cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(TagD
),
6117 DeclStart
, D
, static_cast<Expr
*>(BitfieldWidth
),
6122 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
6124 FieldDecl
*Sema::HandleField(Scope
*S
, RecordDecl
*Record
,
6125 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6126 Declarator
&D
, Expr
*BitWidth
,
6127 AccessSpecifier AS
) {
6128 IdentifierInfo
*II
= D
.getIdentifier();
6129 SourceLocation Loc
= DeclStart
;
6130 if (II
) Loc
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
6132 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
6133 QualType T
= TInfo
->getType();
6134 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
6135 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
6137 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
6139 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6140 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
6142 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
6143 LookupResult
Previous(*this, II
, Loc
, LookupMemberName
, ForRedeclaration
);
6144 LookupName(Previous
, S
);
6145 assert((Previous
.empty() || Previous
.isOverloadedResult() ||
6146 Previous
.isSingleResult())
6147 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null");
6149 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result
6150 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= Previous
.isOverloadedResult() ?
6151 Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous
.getAsSingle
<NamedDecl
>();
6153 if (PrevDecl
&& PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
6154 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6155 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl
);
6156 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6160 if (PrevDecl
&& !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, Record
, S
))
6164 = (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
);
6165 SourceLocation TSSL
= D
.getSourceRange().getBegin();
6167 = CheckFieldDecl(II
, T
, TInfo
, Record
, Loc
, Mutable
, BitWidth
, TSSL
,
6170 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
6171 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
6173 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl
) {
6174 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
6175 // with the same name in the same scope.
6177 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD
, S
);
6179 Record
->addDecl(NewFD
);
6184 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
6186 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
6187 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
6188 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
6191 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
6193 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
6194 FieldDecl
*Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name
, QualType T
,
6195 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
6196 RecordDecl
*Record
, SourceLocation Loc
,
6197 bool Mutable
, Expr
*BitWidth
,
6198 SourceLocation TSSL
,
6199 AccessSpecifier AS
, NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
,
6201 IdentifierInfo
*II
= Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6202 bool InvalidDecl
= false;
6203 if (D
) InvalidDecl
= D
->isInvalidType();
6205 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
6206 // marking this declaration as invalid.
6212 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType(T
);
6213 if (!EltTy
->isDependentType() &&
6214 RequireCompleteType(Loc
, EltTy
, diag::err_field_incomplete
)) {
6215 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
6216 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
6220 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6221 // than a variably modified type.
6222 if (!InvalidDecl
&& T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6223 bool SizeIsNegative
;
6224 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
6225 QualType FixedTy
= TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
,
6228 if (!FixedTy
.isNull()) {
6229 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
6233 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size
);
6234 else if (Oversized
.getBoolValue())
6235 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_array_too_large
)
6236 << Oversized
.toString(10);
6238 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size
);
6243 // Fields can not have abstract class types
6244 if (!InvalidDecl
&& RequireNonAbstractType(Loc
, T
,
6245 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
6249 bool ZeroWidth
= false;
6250 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
6251 if (!InvalidDecl
&& BitWidth
&&
6252 VerifyBitField(Loc
, II
, T
, BitWidth
, &ZeroWidth
)) {
6258 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
6259 if (!InvalidDecl
&& Mutable
) {
6260 unsigned DiagID
= 0;
6261 if (T
->isReferenceType())
6262 DiagID
= diag::err_mutable_reference
;
6263 else if (T
.isConstQualified())
6264 DiagID
= diag::err_mutable_const
;
6267 SourceLocation ErrLoc
= Loc
;
6268 if (D
&& D
->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
6269 ErrLoc
= D
->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
6270 Diag(ErrLoc
, DiagID
);
6276 FieldDecl
*NewFD
= FieldDecl::Create(Context
, Record
, Loc
, II
, T
, TInfo
,
6279 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6281 if (PrevDecl
&& !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6282 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_duplicate_member
) << II
;
6283 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
6284 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6287 if (!InvalidDecl
&& getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6288 if (const RecordType
*RT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6289 CXXRecordDecl
* RDecl
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(RT
->getDecl());
6290 if (RDecl
->getDefinition()) {
6291 // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
6292 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
6293 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
6294 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
6296 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
6297 if (Record
->isUnion() && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD
))
6298 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6303 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
6304 // representation, not a parser representation.
6306 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
6307 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope
, NewFD
, *D
);
6309 if (T
.isObjCGCWeak())
6310 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field
);
6312 NewFD
->setAccess(AS
);
6316 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl
*FD
) {
6318 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& "valid check only for C++");
6320 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
6323 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType());
6324 if (const RecordType
*RT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6325 CXXRecordDecl
* RDecl
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(RT
->getDecl());
6326 if (RDecl
->getDefinition()) {
6327 // We check for copy constructors before constructors
6328 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
6329 // copy constructors.
6331 CXXSpecialMember member
= CXXInvalid
;
6332 if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
6333 member
= CXXCopyConstructor
;
6334 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialConstructor())
6335 member
= CXXConstructor
;
6336 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
6337 member
= CXXCopyAssignment
;
6338 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialDestructor())
6339 member
= CXXDestructor
;
6341 if (member
!= CXXInvalid
) {
6342 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member
)
6343 << (int)FD
->getParent()->isUnion() << FD
->getDeclName() << member
;
6344 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT
, member
);
6353 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
6354 /// special member, figure out why.
6355 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType
* T
, CXXSpecialMember member
) {
6357 CXXRecordDecl
* RD
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(T
->getDecl());
6359 // Check whether the member was user-declared.
6364 case CXXConstructor
:
6365 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
6366 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter
;
6367 for (ctor_iter ci
= RD
->ctor_begin(), ce
= RD
->ctor_end(); ci
!= ce
;++ci
){
6368 const FunctionDecl
*body
= 0;
6370 if (!body
|| !cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(body
)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
6371 SourceLocation CtorLoc
= ci
->getLocation();
6372 Diag(CtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6377 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
6382 case CXXCopyConstructor
:
6383 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
6384 SourceLocation CtorLoc
=
6385 RD
->getCopyConstructor(Context
, 0)->getLocation();
6386 Diag(CtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6391 case CXXCopyAssignment
:
6392 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
6393 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
6394 // assignment, not the type.
6395 SourceLocation TyLoc
= RD
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6396 Diag(TyLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6402 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
6403 SourceLocation DtorLoc
= LookupDestructor(RD
)->getLocation();
6404 Diag(DtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6410 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter
;
6412 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
6413 // but not trivial destruction.
6414 if (member
!= CXXDestructor
) {
6415 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
6416 // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
6417 for (base_iter bi
= RD
->bases_begin(), be
= RD
->bases_end(); bi
!= be
; ++bi
)
6418 if (bi
->isVirtual()) {
6419 SourceLocation BaseLoc
= bi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6420 Diag(BaseLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual
) << QT
<< 1;
6424 // Check for virtual methods.
6425 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter
;
6426 for (meth_iter mi
= RD
->method_begin(), me
= RD
->method_end(); mi
!= me
;
6428 if (mi
->isVirtual()) {
6429 SourceLocation MLoc
= mi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6430 Diag(MLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual
) << QT
<< 0;
6436 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial
)() const;
6438 case CXXConstructor
:
6439 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor
; break;
6440 case CXXCopyConstructor
:
6441 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor
; break;
6442 case CXXCopyAssignment
:
6443 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment
; break;
6445 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor
; break;
6447 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
6450 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
6451 for (base_iter bi
= RD
->bases_begin(), be
= RD
->bases_end(); bi
!= be
; ++bi
) {
6452 const RecordType
*BaseRT
= bi
->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>();
6453 assert(BaseRT
&& "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
6454 CXXRecordDecl
*BaseRecTy
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(BaseRT
->getDecl());
6455 if (!(BaseRecTy
->*hasTrivial
)()) {
6456 SourceLocation BaseLoc
= bi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6457 Diag(BaseLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial
) << QT
<< 1 << member
;
6458 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT
, member
);
6463 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
6464 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter
;
6465 for (field_iter fi
= RD
->field_begin(), fe
= RD
->field_end(); fi
!= fe
;
6467 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType((*fi
)->getType());
6468 if (const RecordType
*EltRT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6469 CXXRecordDecl
* EltRD
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(EltRT
->getDecl());
6471 if (!(EltRD
->*hasTrivial
)()) {
6472 SourceLocation FLoc
= (*fi
)->getLocation();
6473 Diag(FLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial
) << QT
<< 0 << member
;
6474 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT
, member
);
6480 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
6483 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
6485 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
6486 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility
) {
6487 switch (ivarVisibility
) {
6488 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
6489 case tok::objc_private
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private
;
6490 case tok::objc_public
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public
;
6491 case tok::objc_protected
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected
;
6492 case tok::objc_package
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package
;
6496 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
6497 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
6498 Decl
*Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope
*S
,
6499 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6501 Declarator
&D
, ExprTy
*BitfieldWidth
,
6502 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility
) {
6504 IdentifierInfo
*II
= D
.getIdentifier();
6505 Expr
*BitWidth
= (Expr
*)BitfieldWidth
;
6506 SourceLocation Loc
= DeclStart
;
6507 if (II
) Loc
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
6509 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
6510 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
6512 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
6513 QualType T
= TInfo
->getType();
6516 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
6517 if (VerifyBitField(Loc
, II
, T
, BitWidth
)) {
6527 if (T
->isReferenceType()) {
6528 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_ivar_reference_type
);
6531 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6532 // than a variably modified type.
6533 else if (T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6534 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size
);
6538 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
6539 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac
=
6540 Visibility
!= tok::objc_not_keyword
? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility
)
6541 : ObjCIvarDecl::None
;
6542 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
6543 ObjCContainerDecl
*EnclosingDecl
= cast
<ObjCContainerDecl
>(IntfDecl
);
6544 ObjCContainerDecl
*EnclosingContext
;
6545 if (ObjCImplementationDecl
*IMPDecl
=
6546 dyn_cast
<ObjCImplementationDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6547 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
) {
6548 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
6549 EnclosingContext
= IMPDecl
->getClassInterface();
6550 assert(EnclosingContext
&& "Implementation has no class interface!");
6553 EnclosingContext
= EnclosingDecl
;
6555 if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CDecl
=
6556 dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6557 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
|| !CDecl
->IsClassExtension()) {
6558 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_misplaced_ivar
) << CDecl
->IsClassExtension();
6562 EnclosingContext
= EnclosingDecl
;
6565 // Construct the decl.
6566 ObjCIvarDecl
*NewID
= ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context
,
6567 EnclosingContext
, Loc
, II
, T
,
6568 TInfo
, ac
, (Expr
*)BitfieldWidth
);
6571 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(S
, II
, Loc
, LookupMemberName
,
6573 if (PrevDecl
&& isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, EnclosingContext
, S
)
6574 && !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6575 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_duplicate_member
) << II
;
6576 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
6577 NewID
->setInvalidDecl();
6581 // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
6582 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewID
, D
);
6584 if (D
.isInvalidType())
6585 NewID
->setInvalidDecl();
6588 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
6589 // these to the interface.
6591 IdResolver
.AddDecl(NewID
);
6597 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
6598 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
6599 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
6600 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
6601 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc
, Decl
*EnclosingDecl
,
6602 llvm::SmallVectorImpl
<Decl
*> &AllIvarDecls
) {
6603 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
|| AllIvarDecls
.empty())
6606 Decl
*ivarDecl
= AllIvarDecls
[AllIvarDecls
.size()-1];
6607 ObjCIvarDecl
*Ivar
= cast
<ObjCIvarDecl
>(ivarDecl
);
6609 if (!Ivar
->isBitField())
6611 uint64_t BitFieldSize
=
6612 Ivar
->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context
).getZExtValue();
6613 if (BitFieldSize
== 0)
6615 ObjCInterfaceDecl
*ID
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
);
6617 if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CD
= dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6618 if (!CD
->IsClassExtension())
6621 // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
6625 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
6626 llvm::APInt
Zero(Context
.getTypeSize(Context
.CharTy
), 0);
6627 Expr
* BW
= IntegerLiteral::Create(Context
, Zero
, Context
.CharTy
, DeclLoc
);
6629 Ivar
= ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<ObjCContainerDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
),
6632 Context
.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context
.CharTy
),
6633 ObjCIvarDecl::Private
, BW
,
6635 AllIvarDecls
.push_back(Ivar
);
6638 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope
* S
,
6639 SourceLocation RecLoc
, Decl
*EnclosingDecl
,
6640 Decl
**Fields
, unsigned NumFields
,
6641 SourceLocation LBrac
, SourceLocation RBrac
,
6642 AttributeList
*Attr
) {
6643 assert(EnclosingDecl
&& "missing record or interface decl");
6645 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
6646 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it.
6647 if (EnclosingDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
6648 // FIXME: Deallocate fields?
6653 // Verify that all the fields are okay.
6654 unsigned NumNamedMembers
= 0;
6655 llvm::SmallVector
<FieldDecl
*, 32> RecFields
;
6657 RecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
);
6658 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumFields
; ++i
) {
6659 FieldDecl
*FD
= cast
<FieldDecl
>(Fields
[i
]);
6661 // Get the type for the field.
6662 Type
*FDTy
= FD
->getType().getTypePtr();
6664 if (!FD
->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
6665 // Remember all fields written by the user.
6666 RecFields
.push_back(FD
);
6669 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
6670 // diagnostics about it.
6671 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
6672 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6677 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with
6678 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
6679 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
6680 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
6681 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
6682 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
6683 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
6684 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
6686 if (FDTy
->isFunctionType()) {
6687 // Field declared as a function.
6688 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function
)
6689 << FD
->getDeclName();
6690 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
6691 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6693 } else if (FDTy
->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record
&&
6694 ((i
== NumFields
- 1 && !Record
->isUnion()) ||
6695 (getLangOptions().Microsoft
&&
6696 (i
== NumFields
- 1 || Record
->isUnion())))) {
6697 // Flexible array member.
6698 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array.
6699 // It will accept flexible array in union and also
6700 // as the sole element of a struct/class.
6701 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
) {
6702 if (Record
->isUnion())
6703 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union
)
6704 << FD
->getDeclName();
6705 else if (NumFields
== 1)
6706 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
)
6707 << FD
->getDeclName() << Record
->getTagKind();
6708 } else if (NumNamedMembers
< 1) {
6709 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct
)
6710 << FD
->getDeclName();
6711 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
6712 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6715 if (!FD
->getType()->isDependentType() &&
6716 !Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType())->isPODType()) {
6717 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type
)
6718 << FD
->getDeclName() << FD
->getType();
6719 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
6720 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6723 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
6725 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
6726 } else if (!FDTy
->isDependentType() &&
6727 RequireCompleteType(FD
->getLocation(), FD
->getType(),
6728 diag::err_field_incomplete
)) {
6730 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
6731 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6733 } else if (const RecordType
*FDTTy
= FDTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6734 if (FDTTy
->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
6735 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
6736 if (Record
&& Record
->isUnion()) {
6737 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
6739 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
6740 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
6742 if (i
!= NumFields
-1)
6743 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct
)
6744 << FD
->getDeclName() << FD
->getType();
6746 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
6747 // other structs as an extension.
6748 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct
)
6749 << FD
->getDeclName();
6751 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
6755 if (Record
&& FDTTy
->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
6756 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
6757 } else if (FDTy
->isObjCObjectType()) {
6758 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
6759 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object
);
6760 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
6761 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
6763 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1
&&
6764 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC
&&
6766 (FD
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
6767 FD
->getType().isObjCGCStrong()))
6768 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
6769 else if (Context
.getAsArrayType(FD
->getType())) {
6770 QualType BaseType
= Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType());
6771 if (Record
&& BaseType
->isRecordType() &&
6772 BaseType
->getAs
<RecordType
>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
6773 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
6775 // Keep track of the number of named members.
6776 if (FD
->getIdentifier())
6780 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
6782 bool Completed
= false;
6783 if (CXXRecordDecl
*CXXRecord
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Record
)) {
6784 if (!CXXRecord
->isInvalidDecl()) {
6785 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
6786 UnresolvedSetImpl
*Convs
= CXXRecord
->getConversionFunctions();
6787 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I
= Convs
->begin(), E
= Convs
->end();
6789 Convs
->setAccess(I
, (*I
)->getAccess());
6791 if (!CXXRecord
->isDependentType()) {
6792 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
6793 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord
);
6795 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
6796 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
6798 if (CXXRecord
->getNumVBases()) {
6799 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders
;
6800 CXXRecord
->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders
);
6802 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M
= FinalOverriders
.begin(),
6803 MEnd
= FinalOverriders
.end();
6805 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO
= M
->second
.begin(),
6806 SOEnd
= M
->second
.end();
6807 SO
!= SOEnd
; ++SO
) {
6808 assert(SO
->second
.size() > 0 &&
6809 "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
6810 if (SO
->second
.size() == 1)
6813 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
6814 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
6815 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the
6816 // program is ill-formed.
6817 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders
)
6818 << (NamedDecl
*)M
->first
<< Record
;
6819 Diag(M
->first
->getLocation(),
6820 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function
);
6821 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
6822 OM
= SO
->second
.begin(),
6823 OMEnd
= SO
->second
.end();
6825 Diag(OM
->Method
->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider
)
6826 << (NamedDecl
*)M
->first
<< OM
->Method
->getParent();
6828 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
6831 CXXRecord
->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders
);
6839 Record
->completeDefinition();
6841 ObjCIvarDecl
**ClsFields
=
6842 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl
**>(RecFields
.data());
6843 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl
*ID
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6844 ID
->setLocEnd(RBrac
);
6845 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
6846 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= RecFields
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
6847 ClsFields
[i
]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID
);
6848 ID
->addDecl(ClsFields
[i
]);
6850 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
6852 if (ID
->getSuperClass())
6853 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID
, ID
->getSuperClass());
6854 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl
*IMPDecl
=
6855 dyn_cast
<ObjCImplementationDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6856 assert(IMPDecl
&& "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
6857 for (unsigned I
= 0, N
= RecFields
.size(); I
!= N
; ++I
)
6858 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
6859 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
6860 ClsFields
[I
]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl
);
6861 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl
, ClsFields
, RecFields
.size(), RBrac
);
6862 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CDecl
=
6863 dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6864 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
6865 // reported as errors elsewhere.
6866 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
6867 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
6868 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
6869 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= RecFields
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
6870 ClsFields
[i
]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl
);
6871 CDecl
->addDecl(ClsFields
[i
]);
6877 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Record
, Attr
);
6879 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
6880 // set the visibility of this record.
6881 if (Record
&& !Record
->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
6882 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record
);
6885 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
6886 /// the given type T.
6887 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext
&Context
,
6888 llvm::APSInt
&Value
,
6890 assert(T
->isIntegralType(Context
) && "Integral type required!");
6891 unsigned BitWidth
= Context
.getIntWidth(T
);
6893 if (Value
.isUnsigned() || Value
.isNonNegative()) {
6894 if (T
->isSignedIntegerType())
6896 return Value
.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth
;
6898 return Value
.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth
;
6901 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
6902 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
6903 static QualType
getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext
&Context
, QualType T
) {
6904 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
6905 // enum checking below.
6906 assert(T
->isIntegralType(Context
) && "Integral type required!");
6907 const unsigned NumTypes
= 4;
6908 QualType SignedIntegralTypes
[NumTypes
] = {
6909 Context
.ShortTy
, Context
.IntTy
, Context
.LongTy
, Context
.LongLongTy
6911 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes
[NumTypes
] = {
6912 Context
.UnsignedShortTy
, Context
.UnsignedIntTy
, Context
.UnsignedLongTy
,
6913 Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
6916 unsigned BitWidth
= Context
.getTypeSize(T
);
6917 QualType
*Types
= T
->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
6918 : UnsignedIntegralTypes
;
6919 for (unsigned I
= 0; I
!= NumTypes
; ++I
)
6920 if (Context
.getTypeSize(Types
[I
]) > BitWidth
)
6926 EnumConstantDecl
*Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl
*Enum
,
6927 EnumConstantDecl
*LastEnumConst
,
6928 SourceLocation IdLoc
,
6931 unsigned IntWidth
= Context
.Target
.getIntWidth();
6932 llvm::APSInt
EnumVal(IntWidth
);
6935 if (Enum
->isDependentType() || Val
->isTypeDependent())
6936 EltTy
= Context
.DependentTy
;
6938 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
6939 SourceLocation ExpLoc
;
6940 if (!Val
->isValueDependent() &&
6941 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val
, &EnumVal
)) {
6944 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6946 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
6947 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
6948 // representable as an int.
6950 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
6951 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, Context
.IntTy
))
6952 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int
)
6953 << EnumVal
.toString(10) << Val
->getSourceRange()
6954 << (EnumVal
.isUnsigned() || EnumVal
.isNonNegative());
6955 else if (!Context
.hasSameType(Val
->getType(), Context
.IntTy
)) {
6956 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
6957 ImpCastExprToType(Val
, Context
.IntTy
, CK_IntegralCast
);
6961 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
6962 EltTy
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
6964 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
6965 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
6966 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
6967 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, EltTy
))
6968 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_enumerator_too_large
)
6971 ImpCastExprToType(Val
, EltTy
, CK_IntegralCast
);
6974 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
6975 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
6976 // is the type of its initializing value:
6977 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
6978 // initializing value has the same type as the expression.
6979 EltTy
= Val
->getType();
6986 if (Enum
->isDependentType())
6987 EltTy
= Context
.DependentTy
;
6988 else if (!LastEnumConst
) {
6989 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
6990 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
6991 // is the type of its initializing value:
6992 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
6993 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
6995 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
6997 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
6998 EltTy
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
7001 EltTy
= Context
.IntTy
;
7004 // Assign the last value + 1.
7005 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7007 EltTy
= LastEnumConst
->getType();
7009 // Check for overflow on increment.
7010 if (EnumVal
< LastEnumConst
->getInitVal()) {
7011 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7012 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7013 // is the type of its initializing value:
7015 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
7016 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
7017 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
7018 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
7019 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
7020 // exists, the program is ill-formed.
7021 QualType T
= getNextLargerIntegralType(Context
, EltTy
);
7022 if (T
.isNull() || Enum
->isFixed()) {
7023 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
7024 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
7025 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7026 EnumVal
.zext(EnumVal
.getBitWidth() * 2);
7028 if (Enum
->isFixed())
7029 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
7030 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped
)
7031 << EnumVal
.toString(10)
7034 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large
)
7035 << EnumVal
.toString(10);
7040 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
7041 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
7042 // value, then increment.
7043 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7044 EnumVal
.setIsSigned(EltTy
->isSignedIntegerType());
7045 EnumVal
.zextOrTrunc(Context
.getIntWidth(EltTy
));
7048 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
7049 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
7050 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
7051 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
7053 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !T
.isNull())
7054 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow
);
7055 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
7056 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, EltTy
)) {
7057 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
7058 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int
)
7059 << EnumVal
.toString(10) << 1;
7064 if (!EltTy
->isDependentType()) {
7065 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
7066 // enumerator's type.
7067 EnumVal
.zextOrTrunc(Context
.getIntWidth(EltTy
));
7068 EnumVal
.setIsSigned(EltTy
->isSignedIntegerType());
7071 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context
, Enum
, IdLoc
, Id
, EltTy
,
7076 Decl
*Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope
*S
, Decl
*theEnumDecl
,
7077 Decl
*lastEnumConst
,
7078 SourceLocation IdLoc
,
7080 SourceLocation EqualLoc
, ExprTy
*val
) {
7081 EnumDecl
*TheEnumDecl
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(theEnumDecl
);
7082 EnumConstantDecl
*LastEnumConst
=
7083 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(lastEnumConst
);
7084 Expr
*Val
= static_cast<Expr
*>(val
);
7086 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
7087 // we find one that is.
7088 S
= getNonFieldDeclScope(S
);
7090 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
7092 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(S
, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
7094 if (PrevDecl
&& PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
7095 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7096 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc
, PrevDecl
);
7097 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7102 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
7103 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
7104 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
|| !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) &&
7105 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
7106 if (!isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, CurContext
, S
)) {
7107 if (isa
<EnumConstantDecl
>(PrevDecl
))
7108 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator
) << Id
;
7110 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_redefinition
) << Id
;
7111 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
7116 EnumConstantDecl
*New
= CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl
, LastEnumConst
,
7119 // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
7121 New
->setAccess(TheEnumDecl
->getAccess());
7122 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
);
7128 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc
, SourceLocation LBraceLoc
,
7129 SourceLocation RBraceLoc
, Decl
*EnumDeclX
,
7130 Decl
**Elements
, unsigned NumElements
,
7131 Scope
*S
, AttributeList
*Attr
) {
7132 EnumDecl
*Enum
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(EnumDeclX
);
7133 QualType EnumType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Enum
);
7136 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Enum
, Attr
);
7138 if (Enum
->isDependentType()) {
7139 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7140 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
=
7141 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7144 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7147 Enum
->completeDefinition(Context
.DependentTy
, Context
.DependentTy
, 0, 0);
7151 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
7152 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
7154 unsigned IntWidth
= Context
.Target
.getIntWidth();
7155 unsigned CharWidth
= Context
.Target
.getCharWidth();
7156 unsigned ShortWidth
= Context
.Target
.getShortWidth();
7158 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
7159 // reverse the list.
7160 unsigned NumNegativeBits
= 0;
7161 unsigned NumPositiveBits
= 0;
7163 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
7164 bool AllElementsInt
= true;
7166 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7167 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
=
7168 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7169 if (!ECD
) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
7171 const llvm::APSInt
&InitVal
= ECD
->getInitVal();
7173 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
7174 if (InitVal
.isUnsigned() || InitVal
.isNonNegative())
7175 NumPositiveBits
= std::max(NumPositiveBits
,
7176 (unsigned)InitVal
.getActiveBits());
7178 NumNegativeBits
= std::max(NumNegativeBits
,
7179 (unsigned)InitVal
.getMinSignedBits());
7181 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
7183 AllElementsInt
= ECD
->getType() == Context
.IntTy
;
7186 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
7187 // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums.
7191 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
7192 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
7193 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
7194 // of the following types that can represent all the values of
7195 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
7196 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
7198 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
7199 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
7200 QualType BestPromotionType
;
7202 bool Packed
= Enum
->getAttr
<PackedAttr
>() ? true : false;
7203 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
7204 // enum definitions.
7205 if (LangOpts
.ShortEnums
)
7208 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
7209 BestType
= BestPromotionType
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
7210 // We don't set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the
7211 // type of the enumerators.
7213 else if (NumNegativeBits
) {
7214 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
7215 // int/long/longlong) that fits.
7216 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7217 if (Packed
&& NumNegativeBits
<= CharWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< CharWidth
) {
7218 BestType
= Context
.SignedCharTy
;
7219 BestWidth
= CharWidth
;
7220 } else if (Packed
&& NumNegativeBits
<= ShortWidth
&&
7221 NumPositiveBits
< ShortWidth
) {
7222 BestType
= Context
.ShortTy
;
7223 BestWidth
= ShortWidth
;
7224 } else if (NumNegativeBits
<= IntWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< IntWidth
) {
7225 BestType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7226 BestWidth
= IntWidth
;
7228 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongWidth();
7230 if (NumNegativeBits
<= BestWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< BestWidth
) {
7231 BestType
= Context
.LongTy
;
7233 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongLongWidth();
7235 if (NumNegativeBits
> BestWidth
|| NumPositiveBits
>= BestWidth
)
7236 Diag(Enum
->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large
);
7237 BestType
= Context
.LongLongTy
;
7240 BestPromotionType
= (BestWidth
<= IntWidth
? Context
.IntTy
: BestType
);
7242 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
7243 // all of the enumerator values.
7244 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7245 if (Packed
&& NumPositiveBits
<= CharWidth
) {
7246 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedCharTy
;
7247 BestPromotionType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7248 BestWidth
= CharWidth
;
7249 } else if (Packed
&& NumPositiveBits
<= ShortWidth
) {
7250 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedShortTy
;
7251 BestPromotionType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7252 BestWidth
= ShortWidth
;
7253 } else if (NumPositiveBits
<= IntWidth
) {
7254 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedIntTy
;
7255 BestWidth
= IntWidth
;
7257 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7258 ? Context
.UnsignedIntTy
: Context
.IntTy
;
7259 } else if (NumPositiveBits
<=
7260 (BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongWidth())) {
7261 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedLongTy
;
7263 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7264 ? Context
.UnsignedLongTy
: Context
.LongTy
;
7266 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongLongWidth();
7267 assert(NumPositiveBits
<= BestWidth
&&
7268 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
7269 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
;
7271 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7272 ? Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
: Context
.LongLongTy
;
7276 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
7277 // the type of the enum if needed.
7278 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7279 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
= cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7280 if (!ECD
) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
7282 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
7283 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
7284 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
7285 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
7286 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
7288 // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
7289 llvm::APSInt InitVal
= ECD
->getInitVal();
7291 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
7292 // the enum decl type.
7296 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
7297 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, InitVal
, Context
.IntTy
)) {
7298 NewTy
= Context
.IntTy
;
7299 NewWidth
= IntWidth
;
7301 } else if (ECD
->getType() == BestType
) {
7302 // Already the right type!
7303 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7304 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7305 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7307 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7311 NewWidth
= BestWidth
;
7312 NewSign
= BestType
->isSignedIntegerType();
7315 // Adjust the APSInt value.
7316 InitVal
.extOrTrunc(NewWidth
);
7317 InitVal
.setIsSigned(NewSign
);
7318 ECD
->setInitVal(InitVal
);
7320 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
7321 if (ECD
->getInitExpr())
7322 ECD
->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context
, NewTy
,
7327 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7328 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7329 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7331 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7333 ECD
->setType(NewTy
);
7336 Enum
->completeDefinition(BestType
, BestPromotionType
,
7337 NumPositiveBits
, NumNegativeBits
);
7340 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc
, Expr
*expr
) {
7341 StringLiteral
*AsmString
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(expr
);
7343 FileScopeAsmDecl
*New
= FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context
, CurContext
,
7345 CurContext
->addDecl(New
);
7349 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo
* Name
,
7350 SourceLocation PragmaLoc
,
7351 SourceLocation NameLoc
) {
7352 Decl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, Name
, NameLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
7355 PrevDecl
->addAttr(::new (Context
) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc
, Context
));
7357 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers
.insert(
7358 std::pair
<IdentifierInfo
*,WeakInfo
>
7359 (Name
, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo
*)0, NameLoc
)));
7363 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo
* Name
,
7364 IdentifierInfo
* AliasName
,
7365 SourceLocation PragmaLoc
,
7366 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
7367 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc
) {
7368 Decl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, AliasName
, AliasNameLoc
,
7369 LookupOrdinaryName
);
7370 WeakInfo W
= WeakInfo(Name
, NameLoc
);
7373 if (!PrevDecl
->hasAttr
<AliasAttr
>())
7374 if (NamedDecl
*ND
= dyn_cast
<NamedDecl
>(PrevDecl
))
7375 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope
, ND
, W
);
7377 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers
.insert(
7378 std::pair
<IdentifierInfo
*,WeakInfo
>(AliasName
, W
));